1640 to 1649 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1640 to 1649.

1640
'''A massive epidemic breaks out in northern and central China. The epidemic races south down along the Grand Canal of China and the densely populated settlements there, from the northern terminus at Beijing, to the fertile Jiangnan region. In some local areas and towns it wipes out 90% of the local populace.'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military expanded.
 * Karsland: Militia expanded.
 * Neu Braunschweig: Militia expanded.


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 67. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 425,000. Damascus has grown huge now and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 310,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 22.8 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population and will not be as easily swayed. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla which are now 16, they are twins. We increase our relations with Urdustan, Yemen and Mansuriyya. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 370,000.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 40 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 70,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo: With the city being taken from Aegypt, they make a deal with the Roman Empire to be given to strongest Islamic power in the area, that being the Damascan Sultanate. Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 350,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We continue constructing a port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve. The black market has nearly disappeared and the Raigaman economy is almost fully restored, but it is still delicate. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A decent amount of the army are equipped with Dutch/western weapons and a few cannons given to them over the years. A large portion of the army also have Dutch military training and the number continues to go up. Population increases and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir III also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet and Ayutthaya. Raigama is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Raigamans get education at these facilities. Samir III and his advisors officially declare Jaffna an enemy of the state and embargo them, they ask Urdustan and other nations of the Indian League to do the same (NOTE: This is not a declaration of war). Samir III also mentions his plans to the public to create a government funded university in the capital. Samir III declares the Second Raigaman Island War against Jaffna (Raigama, Kotte, Urdustan and Vassals vs Jaffna and is also supported/funded by Delhi and the Netherlands). Raigama's army invades north with siege weapons, up the Western coast of the island, while Urdustan's army begins to cross the strait to attack the north of the country. The goal of the war is for Raigama to vassalize Jaffna.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. The Raigaman and Kottan armies are similar and pretty much integrated. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations. Kottan forces are assisting Raigama in the invasion.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King) and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * Wu China: Fleet size is increased to 75. Economy increases with our fleet guarding trade. Work continues on the Great Wall of Wu.
 * Vorlayacor: The galleons near completion, meaning that next year the Vorlayacoran navy will number at 60 and be one of the strongest defensive fleets in Hesperia or Borealia. Manufacturing of textiles, tools and pottery begins to take root in the northwest and in Tapuia villages, providing a boost to the economy. The navy and army continue their training. Mathematicians at the University of Vorlayacor continue their studies; one, a man named Kayao Quitral, travels to Europe to discuss his work with a man named Leibniz.
 * Ming China: The expansion of the military screeches to a halt with the unknown epidemic.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan  Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish navy continues to revamp removing older ships from the fleet and selling them off. Don Juan de Habsburg dies quietly in his sleep. Don Alejandro II de Habsburg is crowned Emperor of Hispania revealing not only three children but a wife as well. His wife is the daughter of the Duke of Granada. They have three children, Manuel de Habsburg (15) Elizabetta Li Habsburg (13) and Hernan Di Habsburg. (9). Carlos Di Habsburg attempts to raise an army saying he was born before his brother but offers to challenge his brother to a duel for the throne which is accepted. The two brothers duel it out leaving Alejandro the winner and Carlos with a permanent Limp. Alejandro forgives his brother but strips him of much of his royal power but leaves him with a promising potentiall to push into the Spanish Parliament.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 1.6 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Philippines send nearly 50 ships from the local fleet to support Shanghai. the Philippines declare their support for Wu and support them directly with ships.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The three African states begin to see some contention being part of a unified entity and the royal governor seeing a potential issue begins petitioning for Spain's involvement proper to either restore order or create a solution. The EAP expands by 50 px along the coast separating two of its states.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawer raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Company reports that with nothing being done in Wu to fight the rebels ramps up its forces to nearly 20,000 hiring out all pirates in the area and ramping up forces from China proper. The Defeat of the rebels officially opens up the massive markets of Wu in full to the South China Sea Company. Shanghai begins to make up the difference in profit for fighting the revolt in Wu. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it.
 * Taiwan Diplomacy: We request a pact with Spain. We will trade with you and allow you to build a port, and you will help protect us militarily.
 * Hispanian Dip: Accepted.
 * Greece Diplomacy: The Kingdom of Greece asks for a Royal Marriage between King Alexandros I Strategopoulos and Elizabetta Li Habsburg.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band: Puts the Lavkar Reforms into place for the first time this year, as people from half of the villages (this year, from Kuiggayagaq, Kuiggluk, Atmalluaq, and Naparyarraq) make the traditional nomadic journey to the coast, where they hunt caribou, elk, reindeer, seals, sea lions, whales, and fish. The people from the other four villages are sustained by stores from last year. The frozen climate keeps meat lasting longer, which aids the people. When food begins to run short in the latter half of summer, people ride on luussitars and bring fresh food to their fellow Kiatagmiut. As the villages of Mamterilleq, Napaskiaq, Kassigluq, and Nunapicuar all remain home this year, the ideas of producing goods is extremely successful. Not only are more permanent homes built, but weapons and armor are also built with increasing proficiency by many skilled craftsmen. By the time winter has come, with all people in their respective villages and the Elder Council meeting in Mamterilleq, the Lavkar Reforms are Inuit_Horse.png a success, at least so far. The population of the luussitars continues to increase as  hairier and hairier breeding continues to fascinate the High Shaman, who creates a magnificient piece of art of a luussitar on a seal's dried-out skin. The life forces which drive the Kiatagmiut faith continue to play a large role in the organization of the culture, and the High Shaman begins to work with other angakkuqs, or shamans, to organize the texts into a more concise set of oral traditions. Meanwhile, the specialization of the Band allows for greater trade with Akiacur and Akiaq, which become more and more reliant upon the Kiatagmiut Band for sustenance. It is proven to many in those villages that trade can make all people better off, and they begin to reach out to Kayuqtuq to become closer with their Yup'ik brethren. The economy of the Kiatagmiut Band improves this year.
 * The horse is not an animal native to the Americas. It was brought over by Europeans during colonization, and therefore any culture with little to no contact with colonizing powers (such as yourself) would never even know of the existance of such an animal, let alone paint one. 
 * I spoke with Feud about this, and he deemed it to be plausible. Horses were bred rapidly for about 50 years under the Mississippia Confederation and that was maybe 50 years ago. Since then, the population has gone wild as the fall of Mississippia caused horse chaos. It only started with a small group of these horses, but they are starting to play a larger role in Kiatagmiut culture. Additionally, I am accounting for about 25% of the dying each year until they are more used to the cold. ~Rex
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: As the bay freezes over in January, Isapo is able to surroudn Aksimiki, creating a cordon of armed men on the sea ice. He storms the city in March, just before the ice breaks up. David Maskawa is captured and tied to the spire of the largest church in the city, whereupon he is killed by a lightning strike. Meanwhile, the church is converted into a Tuktist temple. With the Sachems dead, Isapo has no means of governign the nation. Although he toys wiht declaring himself king, he finally creates a Council of Mdawineo, including all of the most important Tuktist figures. Tukstism is made the state religion, creating the Nehilaw Theocracy. Christians convert or flee; not a difficult exercise, since Tuktism technically acknowledges the validity of Christianity. The economy improves to recover from the unrest.
 * Nemaska's: Military improves as Basques and Livonians bring new skills. Nhu Euskadi becomes the most important city.
 * Chisasibi: The military is improved, especially as ships continue to be constructed.
 * Now vassalized, Gojijiwininag works to improve its military, refusing to support either side in the unrest.
 * Piankeshaw: Improves its military as trade begins to flow. The tribe is promoted as separate from the Twightee. Order is kept by 2000 soldiers.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are CONTINUING to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. New roads to the Tartary are being mapped out. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new TRAINING that has been made. This new TRAINING is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is BECOMING bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for alliances. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucianism. Trading goes well with the Chinese. Movable type printing becomes the standerd for printing newspapers in our nation. Due to this epidemic in China we send medical aid to our Chinese allies.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Taiwan Diplomacy: We ask for a military alliance with Tibet.
 * No reason to ally with someone you can't even reach. -Feud
 * Taiwan: We continue to strengthen our military, and begin to construct forts around the island. The army begins irrigation projects to improve crop growth and increase trade. The navy has four sloops and several small gunboats. We begin to look to the islands off the coast of Taiwan to claim, sending some people out to them. On boat sinks and thirty people drown. There is some uproar over it, although it is mostly ignored.
 * Before Taiwan's post is crossed once again by whomever, they are most definitely a country and this was confirmed by MP (I believe so) -Feud
 * It was I who crossed them out. When I engineered the revolts in China, never did I create Taiwan. If one wishes to control the territory of the Island of Formosa, then I suggest playing as Min, who currently controls them.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Pascal Rulings invents the adding machine. Edmund James SMith invents the barometer.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any sepretist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. Božidar II. begins studying Bran's philosophical works, among them Presuming predestination and another one entitled Moral i kršćanstvo (Morality and Christianity). This leads to him writing a work of his own entitled Nihilismus, scepticismus, et Deus (Nihilism, scepticism and God)
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. The nations is brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age The Scientists in Pskov continue their studies, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Grand Duchess Elena Kondratieva and the Veche begin to take a look at the situation in Narva more closely as the year goes on, relying on reports from some guardsmen still stationed there to know what is going on. By june the Veche still has not come to an agreement when they hear of Maria's "execution" as a traitor to the realm, and Gunnar's enstgatement as Vurst, they are somehwat relieved and begin to send envoys to Gunnar, unaware of what to think of the situyation. Their diplomats begin to put him under their wings, but suddenly in November not a single word is heard back from them ... this is ... concerning ... and suspicious to them, but none of them know what is about to happen, and it will change the History of Narva forever. The Bank of Pskov and the Mint of Pskov store their gold mined in Zlatobrezhie in giant vaults, until it can be minted, being extremely careful not to overinflate their currency, which is one of the highest valued coins in Europe. As required by law, a new census starts this year, and as such the changing of your place of residence (or area of residence) is prohibited until the end of the census no later than December 31st of next year. Pskov officialy changes to the equivelant to the Georgian Calendar for its Secular calendar after an initiative proposed by the Velikaya Knyaginya Elena.
 * ​The Republic of Narva: Continues its military growth. The War of Gunnar the Bastard continues in full swing. Gunnar, a seemingly ordinary man, is granted a string of victories after victories in the north, despite losing some territory to the south, even reaching the Capital of Narva by the end of April. The Narvan military is dutifully unequipped to do any of these things, and untrained, leaving the strategy to the Pskovian guards, who are recalled back to Pskov after thier contract ended last year, and thus cannot contribute to the defences. The Siege of Narva lasts only two weeks, as the people of the city begin to turn on their own Ruler, Maria, as Hendrik and Lizbet, Maria's sister flee the capital. Maria, however, is not so lucky, and ends up hanged by a lynch mob while attempting to flee, as residents let Gunnar's armies into the city, raising the Wite flag of Narva over the city. Gunnar announces hiself the rightlful ruler,  and appoints administrators and a new Riigikogu. The victory, however, is short-lived. After less than half a year, while Gunnar is in Polva on official business, Lizbet and Hendrik strike with their gathered militias and mercenaries, and Gunnar's republic, which did not consolidate all the nation yet,  begins to crumble on its foundations as the Monarchist faction is born, supporting Lizbet and Hendrik. Many members of Gunnar's administration are murdered, and any left are with him in Polva, and begin planning to mount a defence. A Month later, in december, their armies are at the gates of Polva as Gunnar was forced to retreat farther and farther, only now having control of the territory north of lake Peipus, a small patch of land to the southwest of the nation, and a strip in the center, where Monarchist armies are encroaching deeper and deeper. The quickness of thier advance left no time for news to reach Pskov by the time the Siege has started, leaving them temporarily in the dark about what is happening. A man named Tolvo Aare begins to preach his own version of Nationalism, and founds with a hundred or so volunteers the Free army of Narva, and begins to fight both Gunnar's forces and the Monarchists.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs. Trade networks and the like begin to appear.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: Receives its new High Namestnik, Yaroslav Godunov. He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires more missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to Christianize the people. Namestnik Godunov sees initial success in his plans, as more and more locals begin picking up on the language of their conquerors. Most if not all ex-nobles of the old government now know the language, and continue to attend schools, and send their children to continue their education in Russian and with Russian tutors. An edict is passed making Russian the primary language of education. Many of the more wealthy traders, and those who can afford it, begin to learn the language of the Pskovians, as a way to communicate with the Pskovian traders working for the PIC, as it is the only language many of them know (or want to speak). Much of the unrest in some areas is quietly put down, until most people are complacent with Russian rule, soldiers not really minidng their lives until they come to court. After receiving permission from the Grand Duchess in Pskov, the High Namestnik declares that in one year's time, a new conference on the laws and applications of the laws will occur, with each town being able to elect a representative. However, any and all representatives must speak Russian.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. As the aftermath of the revolution dies down, the Roman Empire is now at peace, and the Imperial Senate is eager to work with the Emperor to protect said peace. Military and administrative reforms take place to help ensure stability. Forces join the Halvar cause in Scandinavia, as the two royal dynasties are related by blood.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. To help faciliate the loyalty and fair rule of the Egyptians, the Coptic Pope is asked to look into the possibility of signing the Unification of the Churches, so as to grant the Egyptians greater voice in Chrisitianity as well as make them theological equals with Constantinople. This is further considered by the Coptic Pope, and the Patriarch of Constantinople goes to Alexandria to help with that endeavor. The Coptic Pope agrees, and signs the treaty. As such, the Coptic Church is now in de jure communion with the rest of the Holy Catholic Church. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root.
 * Greece: Alexandros Strategopoulos who is the Grandson of Despot Claudius I of Attica has been appointed King of Greece by Emperor Andronikos V, and has been crowned at the St Andrew's Church in Athens.
 * County of Oldenburg: The Neu Juist colony in Newfoundland continues to flourish and grow, the proximity of Neu Norderney a definite advantage. The main town, Proserpina, is proving to be well situated for fishing, and the OHG sets up a branch office there. The colony expands south along the peninsula. Back at home, the Regency Council approves more spending on the military.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The university increases its scientific capacity, and the Prince-Bishop officially declares it to be a place for the sciences.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Hearing of the new deadly disease, incoming trade is heavily restricted. The economy, military and infrastructure are expanded. (Sorry for crappy post, not much time)
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue poping out and growing as well as tobacco plantation in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Ghana: We offer France an alliance.
 * France D: We accept the offer from Ghana.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Ghana: We offer French Mali an alliance
 * French Mali D: We accept the offer from Ghana.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.


 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1640, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Heinrich, aged 64, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Heinrich continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 40% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Heinrich declares his son, Leopold, to be his heir. In colonial news, Franz-Heinrich sets his eyes upon Chitimach, Acolapissa, and Pensacola.Most of the court agree he wants to subjugate the tribes, and many expect formal land claims to be written up within the next few years.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1640, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Franz-Heinrich normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Fehmarn: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Wismar: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Wismar is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific Coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. The militias and shops are developed.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 47, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 19. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.43 million and rising.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, eemeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.

1641
'''There is a major eruption of a stratovolcano in the southern Philippines, causing damage to settlements along the southern tip of the islands. '''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military expanded.
 * Karsland: Militia expanded.
 * Neu Braunschweig: Militia expanded.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an updated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications. We buy back a bit of land from Pskov (as negotiated and documented on chat) in exchange for our past help to expand Pskov’s land west.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 68. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 425,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 310,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old leverlock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 22.8 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla which are now 17, they are twins. We increase our relations with Urdustan, Yemen, and Mansuriyya. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 370,000.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 40-45 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 80,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo: With the city being taken from Aegypt, they make a deal with the Roman Empire to be given to strongest Islamic power in the area, that being the Damascan Sultanate. Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 350,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We continue constructing a port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band: continues with the Lavkar Reforms, this year reversing which villages and its respective residents are to collect food and supplies and which are to work in the villages to perfect housing and skills. Meanwhile, trade continues to bloom along the Kusquqvak River, especially with the two villages down river, Akiacur and Akiaq. This trade has brought those two states into a status of near-vassaldom, and Kayuqtuq visits the cities, which are inhabited by others who speak the Kiatagmiut dialect. After an intensive round of negotiations, those two cities also join the Kiatagmiut Band, after being promised to take part in the Lavkar Reforms and be gifted a number of luussitars. Meanwhile, as the winter sets in, the village of Tuulkessaaq becomes dependent upon Kiatagmiut trade in order to not starve, a recurring theme in the region of the lower Kusquqvak River in Kelutmun. The economy grows more this year, with specialization taking some more root. The luussitars continue to reproduce and become a bigger part of Kiatagmiut culture, especially as the study of life forces in the luussitars and wolves begin to lead to the codification of Yup'ik religious beliefs by the High Shaman and other important angakkuqs.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish navy continues to revamp removing older ships from the fleet and selling them off. Don Alejandro II De Habsburg officially declared that Algiers shall become a Kingdom styled as Morocco Embarking on the conquest of Algiers sending nearly 20,000 troops and bringing more of the Spanish empire in Europe.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation. Italy declares war on Algiers sending 10,000 of its own troops against the Algerian emirate.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries. Genoa sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy sends nearly 10,000 of its own troops declaring war on Algiers.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. Morocco sends 20,000 of its own troops against Algiers.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 1.6 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The three African states begin to see some contention being part of a unified entity and the royal governor seeing a potential issue begins petitioning for Spain's involvement proper to either restore order or create a solution. The EAP expands by 50 px along the coast separating two of its states.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawer raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Company reports that with nothing being done in Wu to fight the rebels ramps up its forces to nearly 20,000 hiring out all pirates in the area and ramping up forces from China proper. The Defeat of the rebels officially opens up the massive markets of Wu in full to the South China Sea Company. Shanghai begins to make up the difference in profit for fighting the revolt in Wu. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it.
 * Wu China: We start to ramp up our economy and military, trying to compete with Korea. We strengthen garrisons to the North. The construction on the Great Wall of Wu continues.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Taiwan: We offer Korea a military, political, and economic alliance.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,890,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue poping out and growing as well as tobacco plantation in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * County of Oldenburg: More settlers, predominantly fisherman and their families, arrive in Proserpine, Neu Juist. The colony expands south along the peninsula. Back at home, a member of the Regency Council finally gets around to reading that Britannic tome on European colonisation. He is shocked to discover that there is one mention of Oldenburg's colonial exploits in the entire work. Majorly peeved, he commissions one of the county's best writers to write an official history of Oldenburger esploration and colonisation. He is very explicit in saying that it should not be in the Unfertigkeit style.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The university puts more emphasis on its scientific faculties. Five scientific treatsies are published by the university press on a range of issues, mainly to do with botany and astronomy.
 * The Nehilaw offer to sell Oldenburg the port city of Maskekon on the west coast of the Adehleid Sea in return for assistance in creating a modern navy.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The improval of the military continues, with especial focus on the nascent navy. Many of the Basque immigrants provide shipbuilding and working expertise, enabling the navy to expand to  six small and crude ships, none of which can sail farther than Newfoundland, and that only with difficulty. One capsizes and sinks this year. The cosntruction of arquebuses also continues swiftly, but these also remain crude. Nemaska is annexed, as the administrative costs incurred by separating the two terrirotes was judged not worth it. The vassalization of the North Ojibwe begins (Turn One of Four).
 * Nemaska: The economy improves.
 * Chisasibi: The economy is improved, especially as ships continue to be constructed.
 * Now vassalized, Gojijiwininag works to improve its economy.
 * Piankeshaw: Improves its economy as trade begins to flow. The tribe is promoted as separate from the Twightee.
 * Mogol Khanate:we want to be allies with ming and tibet and we bulit are infanmous hores acrhers.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are CONTINUING to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. New roads to the Tartary are being mapped out. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new TRAINING that has been made. This new TRAINING is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is BECOMING bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for alliances. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucianism. Trading goes well with the Chinese. Movable type printing becomes the standerd for printing newspapers in our nation. Due to this epidemic in China we send medical aid to our Chinese allies.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,800,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (160,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the throne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code creates a limited parliament, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliament can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code officially passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government-funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census. With the acquisition of the Northern territories, they are divided into two different nations under the Inca: Collaquimbaya and Hanan Peru. As agreed at the end of the war, we work to meet France's quota of gold and other resources.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 425,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: With the Inca acquisition of the territory, a new government in established. Military and economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the territory's minerals. Population stands at 10,000. The capital is set to be built by 1645 and is to be Called Apec.
 * Hanan Peru: With the acquisition of the territory, the Inca establish a new government. Miltiary navy and economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the territory's minerals. Population stands at roughly 500,000. The capital is set as Chan Chan, with a population of 60,000.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Pascal Rulings invents the adding machine. Edmund James SMith invents the barometer.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any sepretist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. Emanuel Adam Tamerlan (Original name Manu ud-din Muhammad Adam), as son of Bran (imir) gains the right to become Ban of Čudoljubovo, where he decides to create the Croatian Academy of Philosophy and Natural Sciences (Hrvatska Akademija Mudroslovlja i Prirodoslovlja) or HAMP. Roman assistance is requested in order to develop the academy. Moreover, the Damascan Sultanate is requested to send books about the Arabic language while Urdustan is requested to send copies of Urdustani books that aren't available in the west.
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. The nations is brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultan agrees to this peaceful approach, as it benefits Europeans to take kindly to Arabic. Hundreds of books are sent from the grand magistrative library of Antioch which teach of the origins of Islam, the principles and teachings of Arabic, and the history of Arabia, many other genres can be found, but the bulk contain that of which was stated.
 * Ming China: The Ming begin to expand their economy in the wake of the plague.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve. The black market has nearly disappeared, and the Raigaman economy is almost fully restored, but it is still delicate. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A decent amount of the army are equipped with Dutch/western weapons and a few cannons given to them over the years. A large portion of the army also have Dutch military training, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir III also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Raigama is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Raigamans get education at these facilities. Samir III and his advisors officially declare Jaffna an enemy of the state and embargo them, they ask Urdustan and other nations of the Indian League to do the same (NOTE: This is not a declaration of war). Samir III also mentions his plans to the public to create a government funded university in the capital. Samir III declares the Second Raigaman Island War against Jaffna (Raigama, Kotte, Urdustan and Vassals vs Jaffna, and is also supported/funded by Delhi and the Netherlands). Raigama's army invades north with siege weapons, up the Western coast of the island, while Urdustan's army begins to cross the strait to attack the north of the country. The goal of the war is for Raigama to vassalize Jaffna. The war continues, and is in Raigama's favor.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. The Raigaman and Kottan armies are similar, and pretty much integrated. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations. Kottan forces are assisting Raigama in the invasion.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN).
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Taiwan: We continue to improve our infrastructure. The military continues to build defense around the island. The Emperor declares all religions will be tolerated, and some advisors are proposing to allow the native groups to have more say in their governing. Taipei has a small wall built around it, and thicker walls and towers are planned. We look for new trade partners, and cautiously watch the Chinese mainland.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 48, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 20. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.49 million and rising.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age The Scientists in Pskov continue their studies, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Grand Duchess Elena Kondratieva and the Veche early this year the Nation of Pskov suffers anda ttack from the Free Army of Narva, and news finally arrives of the events of the siege of Polvu, which killed Gunnar, and the advances the Monarcvhists made by their agents. It only but a month before both the enws of the Free army's attack on Pskov, and the fact that the monarchists are not to be allowed to Continue their onsaught, lest they get too powerful, prompts the vehce to declare their support of the Republican Faction and Erik Helsberg. Thier Armies barge into the territory of Narva, and the rest, my firends, is history. By the end of the year, Lizbet and Hendrik ar captured, and are prepared to be put on trial, while the entire nation is under temporary military occupation and direct administration until they can establish a government. The Bank of Pskov and the Mint of Pskov store their gold mined in Zlatobrezhie in giant vaults, until it can be minted, being extremely careful not to overinflate their currency, which is one of the highest valued coins in Europe. As required by law, a new census starts this year, and as such the changing of your place of residence (or area of residence) is prohibited until the end of the census no later than December 31st of this year. Population is expected to exceed one million.
 * ​The Republic of Narva: Continues its military growth. The War of Gunnar the Bastard continues in full swing. Gunnar at the begining of this year relinquishes the post of Vurst, after the "unholy couple" of Lizbet and Hendrik vlaimed it for themselves, Soon after, however, Gunnar is cornered, and later killed rather unceremoniously during the siege of Polva, when he is unexpectadly attacked by the monarchists. Most of his new government dies with him. However, fortunately, he manages to convince Erik Helsberg to flee the city in secret and try to organize resistance as soon as he can. Erik proclaims himself the succesor to Gunnar and Rahvapartei Juht, the People's leader.He flees to the southe4ast as the Monarchists gain more and more territory, but somehow can't take the city of Polva completely. The lands in the west once held by  Gunnar are taken over by the free army of Narva and Erik sends pleas to Pskov for aid. HE raises the old republican flag, the flag of Vecheslav rejected by the new monarchists, he decideds to use it against them. The Republicans, however, despite their territorial losees and the loss of the city of narva, gain a bit of ground by May. However, this seem glum as Pskov, who finally had enough of this debacle, lays down their hammer, and enters the nation of narva with their amries to rain holy damnation on their neighbours. THey certainly aren;t happy that the war they thought would end with Maria's execution lasted so long. The Monarchist lose battle after battle and the Free army of Narva, who actively despise Pskov, lose almost all their men at the Battle of the lake when they barge into Pskovian territory and burn a town (inciting the rage of the nation even further). By the End of the year, the Republicans control the entire nation, and Grand Duchess Elena, who rode at the head of armies, grants Erik reprieve and leave to set up a democratic and republican government. One fo the first reforms he makes is to abolish the position of Vurst of Narva forever, to have his position merged with the Peaminister, head of the Riigikogu (of which he appoints himself head and keeps his title). Time will only heal these wounds, but the Pskovian army will certainly help. The Narvan Succession Crisis, or the War of Gunnar the Bastard, ends, with a Republican Victory.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs. Trade networks and the like begin to appear.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: Receives its new High Namestnik, Yaroslav Godunov. He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires more missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to Christianize the people. Namestnik Godunov sees initial success in his plans, as more and more locals begin picking up on the language of their conquerors. Most if not all ex-nobles of the old government now know the language, and continue to attend schools, and send their children to continue their education in Russian and with Russian tutors. An edict is passed making Russian the primary language of education. Many of the more wealthy traders, and those who can afford it, begin to learn the language of the Pskovians, as a way to communicate with the Pskovian traders working for the PIC, as it is the only language many of them know (or want to speak). The Conference on Laws of the land begins this year, and is expected to produce good results, a census is also begining to be taken this year. and is almost done by the end. with many places in the counting stage.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. A second colony is established in western Newfoundland and settlements on the island continue to expand. Research into scientific fields continues.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Prussia: We dedicate this turn to military in Prussia and all our nation’s vassals, colonial possessions, and territories. We continue to expand our shipyards to facilitate trade and to garrison large military fleets. Shipyards are expanded and we continue producing ships. The population of Prussia grows slightly as crops from the New World are introduced in the nation, and colonial expeditions to Borealia are carried out.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. As the aftermath of the revolution dies down, the Roman Empire is now at peace, and the Imperial Senate is eager to work with the Emperor to protect said peace. Military and administrative reforms take place to help ensure stability. Forces join the Halvar cause in Scandinavia, as the two royal dynasties are related by blood.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * Greece: King Alexandros I Strategopoulos currently is training Cavalry Units in the City of Athens for Emperor Andronikos V. King Alexandros has also decided to find a wife.
 * Imperium of Heaven: The military, economy, and infrastructure are improved.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.

1642
'''In Rome, Pope Nicholas VI dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Roman Giulio Cesare Saccheti is elected Pope. In the fashion of Marcellus II, he does not adopt a papal name different of his own, which leads him to be referred to as Pope Julius II.'''

'''After several years of war, the Fusahito Theocracy and its Imperial forces defeat the rest of the daimyos to unify the Japanese isles under one government with its capital at Kyoto. The Ryukyu Kingdom remains a vassal of this new government.'''

Not willing to be outdone by the Japanese to the south, and indeed fearing for its safety, the Ainu state on Ezo starts a rapid expansion to control the rest of the island and solidify its defences.

'''The crew of the Dutch warship wrecked on the Western Australian coast in 1629 has managed to create a hegemony over the Shark Bay region using their superior technology and weaponry. The crew have intermarried with native indigenous women, and the ship’s former captain is acknowledged by all as Duke of Terra Australis.'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Economy expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Economy expanded.
 * Karsland: Economy expanded.
 * Neu Braunschweig: Economy expanded.
 * Come on! Nobody likes c/p turns, and this is the very worst c/p turn I think I've ever seen. Get some excitement, or I'd suggest you leave so that people can come in and actually have fun as Hamburg because c/ping like this is most definitely not fun. ~Rex


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 69. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 425,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 310,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 22.8 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla which are now 18, they are twins. We increase our relations with Urdustan, Yemen, and Mansuriyya. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 370,000.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 40-45 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 80,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo: With the city being taken from Aegypt, they make a deal with the Roman Empire to be given to strongest Islamic power in the area, that being the Damascan Sultanate. Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 350,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We continue constructing a port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, Afonso VIII dies, and his daughter, Urraca Manrique de Lara, and her husband, Pedro Manrique de Lara, become monarchs of Portugal, as Urraca II and Pedro IV, respectively. Meanwhile, Catarina de Barcelos gives birth to a boy, who is named Pedro.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: Military, navy and economy improve.
 * Hanan Peru: Military, navy and economy improve.
 * Collaquymbiaya: Military, navy and economy improve.
 * Vorlayacor: Northwest incorporation continues. Roads linking the interior and the coast are expanded, allowing for increased economic output via exports. The galleons are now complete and are the shining jewels of the 60-fleet Vorlayacoran navy. Both the army and the navy continue training and simulating war games to prepare for the hypothetical invent of an invasion.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan. Monarch Sohyeon accepts Taiwan's offer of the military, political and economic alliance from last year.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue poping out and growing as well as tobacco plantation in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * County of Oldenburg: The Regency Council, uppon hearing of the Nehilaw's proposal, accept wholeheartedly. Two brand-spanking new sloops-of-war are sent direct from the shipyeards in Oldenburg to the Sachemate, along with some of the finest naval minds. A governor and small detachment of soldiers and missionary priests arrive to take possession of Maskekon, which is officially declared an Oldenburger colony. In other news, the historian charged with writing the official history of Oldenburger colonisation has to add another chapter to his already quite long book detailing how Maskekon came to be an Oldenburger possession.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The university continues to try to improve itself.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Conversion to Tuktism continues. The improval of the military continues, with especial focus on the nascent navy. The arrival of new Oldenburger ships and expertise speeds up the construction of the navy, which pleases the council. The construction of arquebuses also continues swiftly, but these also remain crude. All this activity improves the economy The vassalization of the North Ojibwe continues (Turn Two of Four).
 * Nemaska: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military is improved, especially as ships continue to be constructed.
 * Now vassalized, Gojijiwininag works to improve its military.
 * Piankeshaw: Improves its military as trade begins to flow. The tribe is promoted as separate from the Twightee
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,920,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongol grow more powerful by making charismatic as its new religion and tax the Silk Road.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are CONTINUING to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. New roads to the Tartary are being mapped out. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new TRAINING that has been made. This new TRAINING is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is BECOMING bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for alliances. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucianism. Trading goes well with the Chinese. Movable type printing becomes the standard for printing newspapers in our nation. Due to this epidemic in China we send medical aid to our Chinese allies.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The House of Griffins' head, Jans Griffins, dies at sea this year. Without a leader, the Griffins are powerless to prevent another Halvar incursion into Jutland. The Battle of Aalborg leads to a Swedish victory. The House of Bjelbo works to pick up the slack, but ultimately fails to prevent the sacking of Oslo. The capital of Norway is moved to Bergen. With the Halvars obtaining the upper hand and a leaderless House of Griffins, it seems as if the war is bound to be a Halvar victory. On October 1, Sweden invades Copenhagen. Under the command of General Karl Kristoffsen, Halvar forces are repelled. He works to attack Swedish forces in Zealand, ultimately expelling them from the island by the end of the year. In religious news, the growing new sect of Christianity becomes popular in the Faroe Islands, leading to its name as Faroe Christianity or Faroeism.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish navy continues to revamp removing older ships from the fleet and selling them off. Don Alejandro II De Habsburg officially declared that Algiers shall become a Kingdom styled as Morocco Embarking on the conquest of Algiers sending nearly 20,000 troops and bringing more of the Spanish empire in Europe. Hispania accepts the Greek proposal of marriage to the princess of Hispania. The Algiers conquest goes easily with the entire nation having fallen and the final parts of military resistance being crushed under foot. Moroccan troops show great zeal in maintaining order within Algiers
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation. Italy declares war on Algiers sending 10,000 of its own troops against the Algerian emirate.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries. Genoa sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy sends nearly 10,000 of its own troops declaring war on Algiers.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. Morocco sends 20,000 of its own troops against Algiers.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 1.6 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines from Southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. Military operations in Kotte are continued, with many rebellious citizens being arrested.
 * Minahasa: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Minahasa is created out of a series of eastern settlements in the East Indies. We begin converting and assimilating the natives. The largest settlement, known as Manado, is designated as the region capital. The settlement’s fortifications are expanded, and a military garrison is stationed in the city to protect settlers from native attacks. A dock is also constructed and expanded to facilitate trade ships.
 * States-General of the Netherlands: Despite the growing power of the States-General the legislative body is no longer content with having to deal with the Royal whims and many of the merchants and bankers begin making greater calls for a say in the government - mainly in foreign policy and in management of the overseas territories which are under royal control through the majority shares of the royal house in the East India's Company aand the West Indies Company. They are supported by wealthy member of the branch families of Nassau-Orleans who trace their origins back to Maurice I the founder of the Netherlander overseas empire.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Pascal Rulings invents the adding machine. Edmund James Smith invents the barometer. Troops are sent to Port Katrina to monitor the nations surrounding the British enclave.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. Roman assistance is requested in order to develop the academy. Moreover, Urdustan is requested to send copies of Urdustani books that aren't already available in the west. Ban Emanuel begins working on a new book entitled Bitnost Boga za čovječanstvo i dokazivanje predodređenosti (The Importance of God for humanity and proving predestination).
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. The nations is brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve. The black market has nearly disappeared, and the Raigaman economy is almost fully restored, but it is still delicate. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A decent amount of the army are equipped with Dutch/western weapons and a few cannons given to them over the years. A large portion of the army also have Dutch military training, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir III also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Raigama is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Raigamans get education at these facilities. Samir III and his advisors officially declare Jaffna an enemy of the state and embargo them, they ask Urdustan and other nations of the Indian League to do the same (NOTE: This is not a declaration of war). Samir III also mentions his plans to the public to create a government funded university in the capital. Samir III declares the Second Raigaman Island War against Jaffna (Raigama, Kotte, Urdustan and Vassals vs Jaffna, and is also supported/funded by Delhi and the Netherlands). Raigama's army invades north with siege weapons, up the Western coast of the island, while Urdustan's army begins to cross the strait to attack the north of the country. The goal of the war is for Raigama to vassalize Jaffna. The war continues, and is in Raigama's favor.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. The Raigaman and Kottan armies are similar, and pretty much integrated. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations. Kottan forces are assisting Raigama in the invasion.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * Wu China: Our economy improves and our fleet increases in size to 110 Ships. We start to profit off the trade Hispania has brought with the trade city of Shanghai, even though most of the taxes goes to Hispania.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. As the aftermath of the revolution dies down, the Roman Empire is now at peace, and the Imperial Senate is eager to work with the Emperor to protect said peace. Military and administrative reforms take place to help ensure stability. Forces join the Halvar cause in Scandinavia, as the two royal dynasties are related by blood.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: We ask the Roman Empire for a twenty year non-aggression pact.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * Greece: King Alexander I Strategopoulos has married the Hispanian princess Elizabetta de Habsburg in a lavish ceremony at the Metropolitan Cathedral of Athens. King Alexander also decides to make efforts to recodify all Ancient Greek Law. King Alexander also decides to patronize the construction of a Greek Opera House in Athens, so people will have a place to see the Greek Tragedies and Comedies. His wife Elizabetta is also expecting their 1st child.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age The Scientists in Pskov continue their studies, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Grand Duchess Elena Kondratieva is happy with the progress in Narva, and hopes she can spread this success to many nations. Pskov's economy imrpoves as it produces more and more. Meanwhile, a Pskovian weaponsmith develops a new and improved way to make muskets, the flintlock. After showing this to the Veche and being invited to the Minister of Defence, the Pskovian government choses to adopt this weapon, and the Veche, under the request of the Grand Duchess, approves of the issuing of the flintlock as standard for all Pskovian soldiers. The Results of the Census are in, and are released by the Bureau of Statistics to the public. less than 35% of the population is now dedicated to agriculture due to recent advances and urbanization and money basically.
 * The Republic of Narva: Erik Helsberg works onto incorporating the Republican army into the Armed forces of Narva. The First elections for the Riigikogu are held and the members bring forth their first issue, the creation of a new constitution. The Nation, Proclaimed as the Second Narvan Republic, establishes a strict code of succession and an election cycle, lasting five years, with new elections happening no later than three months before the cycle ends. They Also establish enw responsibilities for the Peaminister, and merge the positions of Head of State with the Head of Government, and establish the Peaminister and his council of ministers as appointed from the ranks of the Members of the Riigikogu, to prevent another war of Gunnar. Many other things are put into this constitution, including a charter of rights of the citizen, like the one in Pskov, adding a few things to it. Thier job done, the Pskov army officially leaves Narva, leaving the government perpetually in its gratitude. One of the First acts of Parliament is to sign a treaty relegating many of Narva's foreign functions and trade Functions to Pskov, making it Pskov's Vassal.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs. Trade networks and the like begin to appear.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: Receives its new High Namestnik, Yaroslav Godunov. He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires more missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to Christianize the people. Namestnik Godunov sees initial success in his plans, as more and more locals begin picking up on the language of their conquerors. Most if not all ex-nobles of the old government now know the language, and continue to attend schools, and send their children to continue their education in Russian and with Russian tutors. An edict is passed making Russian the primary language of education. Many of the more wealthy traders, and those who can afford it, begin to learn the language of the Pskovians, as a way to communicate with the Pskovian traders working for the PIC, as it is the only language many of them know (or want to speak). The Conference on Laws of the land finishes and begins implementing and people agree to Pskovian laws and whatnots. The Results of the census conducted last year are sent to Pskov.
 * Results of the 1640 Pskov Census
 * ​Urban Population: 634 960
 * ​Population of the City of Pskov: 368 945
 * Population of the City of Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve: 166 375
 * Population of the City of Ostrov: 56 210
 * Population of the City of Luki: 23 698
 * Population of the Shipyard-Town of Novoprussiysk: 19 732
 * Rural Population: 369 940
 * Pskov Proper Population: 1 004 900 
 * PIC Isles Population: 2 304
 * PIC Africa Population: 79 651
 * Total Population: 1 086 891
 * Urban/Rural % Pskov Proper: 63,19% Urban 36,81% Rural
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. Expansion of settlements in Kolossland continues. The settlement of Rockport is founded in the northeast section of the island, which serves as both an end point for fur trappers and settlers in the central section of the island, and as a northernmost fortification in the east colony. An expedition from Siegsburg successfully reaches the new settlement traveling from the western colony, claiming the interior for Austria. The western and eastern colonies become officially known as Bärland, while Kolossland comes to refer only to St Koloman. Research into scientific fields continues.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to economy development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Taiwan: We continue building fortifications around the country, and install 20 cannons. The economy continues to improve and the native population calms down now that they have some say over their affairs. The government begins to look to improve crops, and harvest with animal dung and better plows. Christian missionaries enter the nation from Spain and build a church in Taipei. Some Buddhist want the government to expel the missionaries, but the council agrees to allow the missionaries to stay as long as they do not cause any problems. The church has 150 members by the end of the year and continues to grow.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 49, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 21. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.54 million and rising.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1640, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Heinrich, aged 64, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Heinrich continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 40% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Heinrich declares his son, Leopold, to be his heir. In colonial news, Franz-Heinrich sets his eyes upon Chitimach, Acolapissa, and Pensacola.Most of the court agree he wants to subjugate the tribes, and many expect formal land claims to be written up within the next few years.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1640, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Franz-Heinrich normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Fehmarn: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Wismar: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Wismar is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific Coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The ten year plan is complete. With the ten year plan complete, we are fully mobolized for war, and the Sultan declares war on Yemen, declaring that Yemen has been a thorn in the Sultanate's side for far too long, and that its destruction will benefit Manssuryia. (Casus belli: Attacking to assert political hegemony over the Middle East)
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We request that the nations of Damascas and Dacia help us in our war with Yemen. 
 * Prussia: We dedicate this turn to economy in Prussia and all our nation’s vassals, colonial possessions, and territories. We continue to expand our shipyards to facilitate trade and to garrison large military fleets. Shipyards are expanded and we continue producing ships. The population of Prussia grows slightly as crops from the New World are introduced in the nation, and colonial expeditions to Borealia are carried out.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band, under Kayuqtuq and the other elders that comprise the Elder Council of the Amellrutaq actually decide to remain in Mamterilleq this year, disregarding the schedule set out by the Lavkar Reforms in order to oversee the management of the surpluses from previous years. This is not viewed too unpopularly by the general populace, who view Kayuqtuq to be extremely powerful and a force of good and change in leadership. Less people are starving, and there is much more warmth to go around. This is partly due to climate changes, but most, including the powerful High Shaman and angakkuqs (who are still at work to define the relationships of different spirits and life forces), attribute the improvement to the leadership of Kayuqtuq. This in turn results in the High Shaman starting to develop ideas that the Great Elder is possessed by the Supreme Spirit in order to guide the true people (Inuit) through their lives. Meanwhile, the Lavkar Reforms continue and the luussitar population only increases more, and they start to be traded away to friendly and allied peoples in Kelutmun. Trade continues, and Tuulkessaaq follows the suit of Akiaq and Akiacur, becoming a part of the Kiatagmiut Band. Some minor warfare against the Caninermiut takes place, expanding the Band along the banks of the Kusquqvak Bay, towards the villages of Iik and Tuntutuliaq. This military experience has resulted in a stronger military culture, and has made an enemy out of the Caninermiut, although the rival Togiagamiut has now become an effective ally.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an updated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications. We buy back a bit of land from Pskov (as negotiated and documented on chat) in exchange for our past help to expand Pskov’s land west.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.

1643
I might have England have all its wars in France, only instead of France it's Scandinavia.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Economy expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Economy expanded.
 * Karsland: Economy expanded.
 * Neu Braunschweig: Economy expanded.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV dies as Sultan at the age of 73. Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 19th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 430,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 325,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 23.4 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Sulimen V and his twin sister Ablahadahla begin looking for spouses. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 350,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 40-45 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 80,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo: Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 375,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia, and Rome.
 * Damascan-Dacian-Mansuriyyan Diplomacy: We accept. We offer 200,000 soldiers to the arms in claims of coastal and northern territories owned by Yemen.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's interest in astronomy, after witnessing a small meteor shower, leads to his funding of an observatory in the plains of Bastar, named اجرام فلکی کے مشاہدے کے لئے ویدشالا (Ākāśīya piṇḍōṁ kī nigarānī kē li'ē vēdhaśālā)
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Due to the recent riots within Urdustan, most of the Hindu ones breaking out in Vijaynagar, the local levies controlled by the Emperor are sent out to attempt to quell the largest of riots within the city of Vijaynagar. However, before many of them arrive, the Emperors brother, سفارتی ادقارکرتا (Rājanayika rakṣaka) espouses his brother's idea of amnesty for the rioters who disband now, as a way to prevent a larger conflict from brewing. However, since the more level-headed ones have already disbanded, there is no telling what will happen.
 * Urdustani (Secrets) Dip: We accept the offer of meetings between ourselves and the Empire of Britannia.
 * 'Urdustani Dip (Needs mod response, I think)  'We offer to formalize relations with the Fushihito Theocracy, starting with beginning trade relations.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 50, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 22. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.60 million and rising. With Yemeni forces bogged down fighting the Mesopotamian military Constantius II sees an opportunity, quickly he mobilizes the armed forces and declares war on Yemen. Troops quickly attack Al Somal and Iritria, seizing large swaths of territory. In addition to the troops siege equipment is sent to aid the assault.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev. Soldiers are sent to fight in Yemeni Africa.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III continues growing the economy and military. Soldiers are sent to fight in Yemeni Africa.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants. The Hungarian Legion is sent as an expeditionary force to seize Al Somal.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Vorlayacor: Kayao Quitral returns from Europe; he and Leibniz collaborated to form what they have deemed calculus. Kayao begins writing a manifesto of this, and it will be published and distributed among the mathematical communities of the world by 1650. The army and navy continue training, and the economy grows as normal.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1643, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Heinrich, aged 67, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Heinrich continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Heinrich declares his son, Leopold, to be his heir. In colonial news, Franz-Heinrich sets his eyes upon Chitimach, Acolapissa, and Pensacola. In other news, Franz-Heinrich and the Curia Bavaria authorize the consolidation of several vassals in the Kingdom, accomplished in three consecutive acts. In what has been termed the Consolidation Laws, several of the extra-Bavarian vassals have been absorbed by other vassals. The first act, passed on April 21st, the Law of Swabian Incorporation, enables the Duchy of Swabia-Württemburg to absorb the County of Burgau. After this, the title of Württemberg will be dropped, and the Duchy will thereafter be known as the Duchy of Swabia. The second law, the Franken Act, passed on May 6th, consolidates the vassals of Würzberg, Burggrafschaft, and Bamberg into the Duchy of Franken. Würzburg will retain its de facto Catholic bishopric status, but de jure, it will be apart of the Duchy of Franken. The Duchy of Franken is granted to the King's eldest daughter, Maria-Sofia, in the final act, named the Royal Grant Act, passed on June 3rd.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in Trausnitz. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1643, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Franken: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, aged 43, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Maria-Sofia's designated heir is her only child, Albert.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Franz-Heinrich normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Duchy of Swabia: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific Coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue poping out and growing as well as tobacco plantation in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongol royal family wants a marriage with the Ming. If they accept we trade money, armies and much more.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are CONTINUING to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. New roads to the Tartary are being mapped out. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new TRAINING that has been made. This new TRAINING is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is BECOMING bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for alliances. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucianism. Trading goes well with the Chinese. Movable type printing becomes the standard for printing newspapers in our nation. Due to this epidemic in China we send medical aid to our Chinese allies. We declare war on the two small nations to the west of Tibet that share a border with us. (mods, please make an algo for this)
 * Make your own algo -Feud
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish navy continues to revamp removing older ships from the fleet and selling them off. Don Alejandro II De Habsburg officially declared that Algiers shall become a Kingdom styled as Morocco Embarking on the conquest of Algiers sending nearly 20,000 troops and bringing more of the Spanish empire in Europe. Hispania accepts the Greek proposal of marriage to the princess of Hispania. The Algiers conquest goes easily with the entire nation having fallen and the final parts of military resistance being crushed under foot. Moroccan troops show great zeal in maintaining order within Algiers
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation. Italy declares war on Algiers sending 10,000 of its own troops against the Algerian emirate.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries. Genoa sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy sends nearly 10,000 of its own troops declaring war on Algiers.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The Economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is Established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 1.6 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Pascal Rulings invents the adding machine. Edmund James Smith invents the barometer. Troops are sent to Port Katrina to monitor the nations surrounding the British enclave. Recent census estimates puts the population of around 20 million for all of "Greater Britannia", adding her colonial holdings, The Empire's total nears 25 million souls.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Conversion to Tuktism continues. The improval of the military continues, with especial focus on the nascent navy. The arrival of new Oldenburger ships and expertise speeds up the construction of the navy, which pleases the council. The construction of arquebuses also continues swiftly, but these also remain crude. All this activity improves the military. Tuktism continues to develop swiftly, becoming more sycretic and linked to Christianity. The vassalization of the North Ojibwe continues (Turn Three of Four).
 * Nemaska: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military is improved, especially as ships continue to be constructed.
 * Now vassalized, Gojijiwininag works to improve its military.
 * Piankeshaw: Improves its military as trade begins to flow. The tribe is promoted as separate from the Twightee
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined.
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. The nations are brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire Proper, the military, economy, and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate withing the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brothers reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 3,500,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her Vassals. Honoring the Second Treaty of Chan Chan, reimbursment of France ends.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy, and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 500,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins.
 * Empire of Lanka: As the island is fully united, Samir III founds the Empire of Lanka. The Empire has a Constitutional Monarchy to get somewhat similar to the Dutch government, and an emperor (him). The new empire recognizes Sinhala, Dutch, and Tamil as official languages and slightly changes the nation's motto. Jaffna, Kotte, and Nava Kotte remain vassals/states of the Empire, but have been renamed Grand Duchies. To celebrate the new empire, the emperor throws a celebration in the capital where all citizens are invited. Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve. The black market has nearly disappeared, and the Lankan economy is almost fully restored, but it is still delicate. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A decent amount of the army are equipped with Dutch/western weapons and a few cannons given to them over the years. A large portion of the army also have Dutch military training, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Samir III also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Lanka is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to the public to create a government funded university in the capital. The Treaty of Jaffna is signed by Samir III to end the war between Lanka and Jaffna. This treaty makes Jaffna a vassal of Lanka.
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The Grand State of Kotte is renamed "The Grand Duchy of Kotte".
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland. The Grand State of Nava Kotte is renamed "The Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte."
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: The Kingdom of Jaffna is renamed "The Grand Duchy of Jaffna" and becomes a vassal of Lanka. Jaffna mainly increases its military and infrastructure. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassilization, but some are rebellious. Lanka asks the Dutch to help by moving their operations of Kotte to the rebellious areas. Although mostly destroyed, a very small amount of the Jaffnan army left swears loyalty to Lanka. Areas of Jaffna remain in rubble, due to Lanka not mainly assisting the reconstruction. The Jaffnan army is integrated with the Lankan army, and grows by a tiny amount. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder.
 * Wu China: We start to build troops up rapidly, getting ready for an invasion of a nearby region to secure power against Korea. Our economy and military improve over the year. Our fleet size in increased to 130 ships.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 51, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 23. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.65 million and rising. With Yemeni forces bogged down fighting the Mesopotamian military Constantius II sees an opportunity, quickly he mobilizes the armed forces and declares war on Yemen. Troops quickly attack Al Somal and Iritria, seizing large swaths of territory. In addition to the troops siege equipment is sent to aid the assault.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev. Soldiers are sent to fight in Yemeni Africa.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III continues growing the economy and military. Soldiers are sent to fight in Yemeni Africa.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants. The Hungarian Legion is sent as an expeditionary force to seize Al Somal.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age The Scientists in Pskov continue their studies, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Grand Duchess Elena Kondratieva is happy with the progress in Narva, and hopes she can spread this success to many nations. Pskov's economy imrpoves as it produces more and more. Meanwhile, a Pskovian Weaponsmith develops a new and improved way to make muskets, the flintlock. After showing this to the Veche and being invited to the Minister of Defence, the Pskovian government choses to adopt this weapon, and the Veche, under the request of the Grand Duchess, approves of the issuing of the flintlock as standard for all Pskovian soldiers. More flintlocks
 * The Republic of Narva: Erik Helsberg works onto incorporating the Republican army into the Armed forces of Narva. The First elections for the Riigikogu are held and the members bring forth their first issue, the creation of a new constitution. The Nation, Proclaimed as the Second Narvan Republic, establishes a strict code of succession and an election cycle, lasting five years, with new elections happening no later than three months before the cycle ends. The Narvans receive arms from Pskov, at a price, improving their military.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs. Trade networks and the like begin to appear.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: Receives its new High Namestnik, (Insert Name Here). He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires more missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to Christianize the people. Namestnik Godunov sees initial success in his plans, as more and more locals begin picking up on the language of their conquerors. Most if not all ex-nobles of the old government now know the language, and continue to attend schools, and send their children to continue their education in Russian and with Russian tutors. An edict is passed making Russian the primary language of education. Many of the more wealthy traders, and those who can afford it, begin to learn the language of the Pskovians, as a way to communicate with the Pskovian traders working for the PIC, as it is the only language many of them know (or want to speak). The Conference on Laws of the land finishes and begins implementing and people agree to Pskovian laws and whatnots..
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. As the aftermath of the revolution dies down, the Roman Empire is now at peace, and the Imperial Senate is eager to work with the Emperor to protect said peace. Military and administrative reforms take place to help ensure stability. Forces join the Halvar cause in Scandinavia, as the two royal dynasties are related by blood. The Austrian non-aggression pact is agreed to.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: We ask the Roman Empire for a twenty year non-aggression pact.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band continues to advance to become the strongest Eskimo nation in all of Kelutmun. The use of the qayaq brings Kiatagmiut elders from the Amellrutaq to many different villages along the coast of the OTL Bering Sea. This comes after last year's capture of more land along the Kusquqvak Bay by the Kiatagmiut military from the Caninermiut. This "qayaq diplomacy" is especially important in the increase of relations with the Togiagamiut. As some of the elders bring surplus goods, which are only increasing in quantity under the efficient Lavkar Reforms, which are then traded for rarer and more valuable goods in the villages of the Band, such as Mamterilleq and Kassigluq. This leads some people to start forays of their own while, during years that they don't have to collect food, they trade away surpluses for rare goods for the whole of the Band and their village. Meanwhile, the common integration of peoples from different villages, which emerges from mixing of tribal blood through marriage, results in the Kiatagmiut sub-dialect of the Kusquqvak dialect of Yugtun becoming the strongest and most spoken sub-dialect in Kelutmun. Tribal religion is codified into a set collection of stories more and more, and the moralistic teachings continue to be developed into the religious system by the High Shaman and other angakkuqs. The idea of the Supreme Spirit taking residence in the Great Elder becomes more and more common, and begins to spread among the Kiatagmiut people with cult-like adherents.
 * Scandinavian Empire: General Karl Kristoffsen turns the tide in Jutland at the Battle of Støvring, just south of Aalborg, early this year. In August, the vicious Bronderslev skirmishes result in a Danish victory, effectively expelling Sweden from Jutland. In the meantime, the House of Bjelbo continues to face difficulty, losing ground until the Battle of Stravanger turns the tide in July. By the end of the year, the war has been fought to a standstill in Norway. The naval battles in the Baltic continue to leave wreckage and sailors adrift. A Halvar ambush by the Sixth fleet on the Griffin Third fleet near the island of Bornholm. The island, which has escaped the war thus far, is fearful of the fighting. The battle results in a Halvar victory. The ships turn their attention on the island, landing in Rønne. They demand loyalty to the House of Halvar. When the inhabitants of Rønne declare neutrality in the war, Captain Hussefsen of the Sixth Fleet declares that those who are not for the House of Halvar are against them. The city of Rønne is bombarded, the Swedes attempting to make an example out of the city. Rather than turn the island to Sweden's side, however, the inhabitants of Bornholm rally behind the Griffin flag. "Remember Rønne" becomes the latest rallying cry to the House of Griffins.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. Expansion of settlements in Kolossland continues. The settlement of Rockport is founded in the northeast section of the island, which serves as both an end point for fur trappers and settlers in the central section of the island, and as a northernmost fortification in the east colony. An expedition from Siegsburg successfully reaches the new settlement traveling from the western colony, claiming the interior for Austria. The western and eastern colonies become officially known as Bärland, while Kolossland comes to refer only to St Koloman. Research into scientific fields continues.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to economy development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military, economy and infrastructure are built up.
 * County of Oldenburg: The OHG increases trade between the new Oldenburger holdings in Borealia. Trade with the Nehilaw also increases thanks to the new Adelheid Bay territory. A new Catholic Church is established in said territory.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The economy expands.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,950,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.

1644
'''The Troll Empire appears, destroying London and building its capital on the ashes of the former city. It sends three divisions of 1,000,000 soldiers each to capture the capitals of Hispania, Vorlayacor, and the Fusahito Theocracy.'''

-Ractmod
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Military improvements are made during the course of the year. In domestic news, Duke Karl dies of pneumonia in February. His son, Otto, ascends as Duke Otto II. In his first diplomatic act, and with the non-aggression pacts with Bavaria and Scandinavia soon expiring, he sends requests to Bavaria and Scandinavia for ten year extensions to the non-aggression pacts.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military expanded.
 * Karsland: Militia expanded.
 * Neu Braunschweig: Militia expanded.
 * Bavarian Dip: The new King Leopold accepts the extension of the NAP by ten years, and sends a gift of 250,000 reichstalers to Hamburg.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV dies as Sultan at the age of 73. Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 20th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 430,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 325,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 23.4 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Sulimen V and his twin sister Ablahadahla begin looking for spouses. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 350,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 40-45 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 80,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo: Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 375,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia, and Rome.
 * Damascan-Dacian-Mansuriyyan Diplomacy: We accept. We offer 200,000 soldiers to the arms in claims of coastal and northern territories owned by Yemen.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, Catarina de Barcelos gives birth to a girl, who is named Urraca.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are CONTINUING to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. New roads to the Tartary are being mapped out. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new TRAINING that has been made. This new TRAINING is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is BECOMING bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for alliances. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucianism. Trading goes well with the Chinese. Movable type printing becomes the standard for printing newspapers in our nation. Due to this epidemic in China we send medical aid to our Chinese allies.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols want a royal marriage between themselves and Tibet. will trade weapons money and more.
 * Vorlayacor: Purchasing rifles becomes popular among the general population. Kayao continues his work on the calculus manifesto. The army and navy continue their training.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band continues to advance in its policy of "qayaq diplomacy" and trade. The Lavkar Reforms, while still extremely helpful for the success of the Kiatagmiut people, begin more and more to seem somewhat outdated as many, with the permission of their local elders, remain in their villages during the season that is dedicated to gathering supplies for the whole of the Band. This is especially common among the old and young, but more and more middle-aged people remain home and engage in more skill-based crafts as opposed to hunting. This becomes officially sanctioned in the winter's Amellrutaq meeting in Mamterilleq, which has a rapidly increasing population. Current estimates of the population of the Band approach 10,000 and the population is only growing faster. Old customs continue to be valued strongly by the Kiatagmiut people, but the luussitar population has changed some opinions on tradition. This is exemplified nowhere better than in the religious elite, led by the High Shaman, who continues to compact the stories and legends of the Eskimo and instead focus on morals and greater spirit energies, the strongest of which is the Great Elder, who is possessed by the Supreme Spirit. Small fighting continues with the hated Caninermiut, and relations improve with the Togiagamiut.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,950,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire Proper, the military, economy, and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate withing the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brothers reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 3,500,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her Vassals. Honoring the Second Treaty of Chan Chan, reimbursment of France ends.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy, and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 500,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins.
 * States-General of the Netherlands: Despite the growing power of the States-General the legislative body is no longer content with having to deal with the Royal whims and many of the merchants and bankers begin making greater calls for a say in the government - mainly in foreign policy and in management of the overseas territories which are under royal control through the majority shares of the royal house in the East India's Company aand the West Indies Company. They are supported by wealthy member of the branch families of Nassau-Orleans who trace their origins back to Maurice I the founder of the Netherlander overseas empire.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish navy continues to revamp removing older ships from the fleet and selling them off. Don Alejandro II De Habsburg officially declared that Algiers shall become a Kingdom styled as Morocco Embarking on the conquest of Algiers sending nearly 20,000 troops and bringing more of the Spanish empire in Europe. Hispania accepts the Greek proposal of marriage to the princess of Hispania. The Algiers conquest goes easily with the entire nation having fallen and the final parts of military resistance being crushed under foot. Moroccan troops show great zeal in maintaining order within Algiers
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation. Italy declares war on Algiers sending 10,000 of its own troops against the Algerian emirate.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries. Genoa sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy sends nearly 10,000 of its own troops declaring war on Algiers.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The Economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is Established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 1.6 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops.
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined.
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. The nations are brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Wu China: Our military is expanded even more. Our navy reaches the size of 140. We also start to work on our economy once again, specifically after the selling of Shanghai. We also start to make excess weapons.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Pascal Rulings invents the adding machine. Edmund James Smith invents the barometer. Troops are sent to Port Katrina to monitor the nations surrounding the British enclave. Recent census estimates puts the population of around 20 million for all of "Greater Britannia", adding her colonial holdings, The Empire's total nears 25 million souls.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The improval of the military continues, with special focus on the nascent navy. The arrival of new Oldenburger ships and expertise speeds up the construction of the navy, which pleases the council. Merchant ships on the model of the sloops provided by Oldenburg are built, but the process is long and exacting. The construction of arquebuses also continues swiftly, but these also remain crude. All this activity improves the economy. Tuktism continues to develop swiftly, becoming more sycretic and linked to Christianity. Isapo-Muxixa, tiring at the religious limits imposed on him by the council, officially returns the Nehilaw to its prior form as a Sachemate. The vassalization of the North Ojibwe is completed.
 * Nemaska: The economy improves.
 * Chisasibi: Improves its economy especially as ships continue to be constructed.
 * Gojijiwininag works to improve its economy.
 * Piankeshaw: Improves its economy as trade begins to flow. The tribe is promoted as separate from the Twightee
 * North Ojibwe: The economy improves. Nehilaw immigrate, while a sloop begins construction on the lake.
 * Empire of Lanka: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve. The black market has nearly disappeared, and the Lankan economy is almost fully restored, but it is still delicate. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A decent amount of the army are equipped with Dutch/western weapons and a few cannons given to them over the years. A large portion of the army also have Dutch military training, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Samir III also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Lanka is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to the public to create a government funded university in the capital.
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000.
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: The Kingdom of Jaffna is renamed "The Grand Duchy of Jaffna" and becomes a vassal of Lanka. Jaffna mainly increases its military and infrastructure. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassilization, but some are rebellious. Lanka asks the Dutch to help by moving their operations of Kotte to the rebellious areas. Although mostly destroyed, a very small amount of the Jaffnan army left swears loyalty to Lanka. Areas of Jaffna remain in rubble, due to Lanka not mainly assisting the reconstruction. The Jaffnan army is integrated with the Lankan army, and grows by a tiny amount. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1644, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Franz-Heinrich, aged 68, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Heinrich continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In sad news, Franz-Heinrich dies in May of 1644, at the age of 68. His son, Leopold, succeeds him as King Leopold. Leopold, aged 37, has two children, namely that of Ingrid (b. 1626), and Leopold (b. 1630. In June, King Leopold, much more ambitious than his father, and much more concerned with domestic issues, convenes his parliament on the issue of the numerous duchies within Bavaria itself. In August, the King and Curia pass several laws abolishing the Grand Duchies of Landshut, Munchen, and Ingolstadt, as well as the County of Nürnburg.
 * Duchy of Franken: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, aged 43, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Maria-Sofia's designated heir is her only child, Albert.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Franz-Heinrich normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Duchy of Swabia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific Coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. The militias and shops are developed.
 * County of Oldenburg: Military improves, Neu Juist expands South.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Economy improves.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The ten year plan is complete. With the ten year plan complete, we are fully mobolized for war, and the Sultan declares war on Yemen, declaring that Yemen has been a thorn in the Sultanate's side for far too long, and that its destruction will benefit Manssuryia. (Casus belli: Attacking to assert political hegemony over the Middle East)
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We request that the nations of Damascas and Dacia help us in our war with Yemen. 
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue poping out and growing as well as tobacco plantation in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city's port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. Expansion of settlements in Kolossland continues. The settlement of Rockport is founded in the northeast section of the island, which serves as both an end point for fur trappers and settlers in the central section of the island, and as a northernmost fortification in the east colony. An expedition from Siegsburg successfully reaches the new settlement traveling from the western colony, claiming the interior for Austria. The western and eastern colonies become officially known as Bärland, while Kolossland comes to refer only to St Koloman. Research into scientific fields continues.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to economy development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. As the aftermath of the revolution dies down, the Roman Empire is now at peace, and the Imperial Senate is eager to work with the Emperor to protect said peace. Military and administrative reforms take place to help ensure stability. Forces join the Halvar cause in Scandinavia, as the two royal dynasties are related by blood. Forces occupy the Scandinavian colonies pending the result of the war. The population of the Empire continues to rise.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 52, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 24. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.72 million and rising. '
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age The Scientists in Pskov continue their studies, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Grand Duchess Elena Kondratieva is happy with the progress in Narva, and hopes she can spread this success to many nations. Pskov's economy imrpoves as it produces more and more. Meanwhile, a Pskovian Weaponsmith develops a new and improved way to make muskets, the flintlock. After showing this to the Veche and being invited to the Minister of Defence, the Pskovian government choses to adopt this weapon, and the Veche, under the request of the Grand Duchess, approves of the issuing of the flintlock as standard for all Pskovian soldiers. More flintlocks.
 * The Republic of Narva: Erik Helsberg works onto incorporating the Republican army into the Armed forces of Narva. The First elections for the Riigikogu are held and the members bring forth their first issue, the creation of a new constitution. The Nation, Proclaimed as the Second Narvan Republic, establishes a strict code of succession and an election cycle, lasting five years, with new elections happening no later than three months before the cycle ends. The Narvans receive arms from Pskov, at a price, improving their military.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs. Trade networks and the like begin to appear.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: Receives its new High Namestnik, (Insert Name Here). He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires more missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to Christianize the people. Namestnik Godunov sees initial success in his plans, as more and more locals begin picking up on the language of their conquerors. Most if not all ex-nobles of the old government now know the language, and continue to attend schools, and send their children to continue their education in Russian and with Russian tutors. An edict is passed making Russian the primary language of education. Many of the more wealthy traders, and those who can afford it, begin to learn the language of the Pskovians, as a way to communicate with the Pskovian traders working for the PIC, as it is the only language many of them know (or want to speak). The Conference on Laws of the land finishes and begins implementing and people agree to Pskovian laws and whatnot.

1645
The Torres Strait exile states consolidate more, becoming more organised and centralized.


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Duke Otto II commissions infrastructure improvement.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Economy expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Economy expanded.
 * Karsland: Economy expanded.
 * Neu Braunschweig: Economy expanded.

Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV dies as Sultan at the age of 73. Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 21st birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 435,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 325,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 23.4 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Sulimen V and his twin sister Ablahadahla begin looking for spouses. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 350,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 40-45 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 80,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo: Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 375,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia, and Rome.
 * Damascan-Mansuriyyan Diplomacy: We request to meet in Jerusalem for a joint council on splitting up the territories of Yemen.


 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,980,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * County of Oldenburg: The church in the Colony of Maskekon is completed, and the nearest Bishop is called in to consecrate it. The small outpost is growing quite profitable for the OHG, as it is in close proximity to excellent furring land, and perfectly situated to trade with the Nehilaw and others. Neu Juist expands the maximum amount South along the peninsula. In Neu Norderney, work begins on a semi-decent road between Jacqueline and the other big-ish towns. Back home, the military has a review, and Regent Mary is quite keen to redesign their uniforms along a more stylish pattern. The Regency Council, whilst not sharing her enthusiasm, allows her to draw her designs.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Prince-Bishop pours a lot of episcopal money into the university. Although a man of the cloth, the Bishop is also keenly interested in Science and the natural world.
 * Ayutthaya: We continue to grow our farming and trade based economy and we open large suburbs for an increase in population along our West Coast. We also take more people to the Ayutthayan Nicobar. Given that Tibet has placed threats to the Indian League, we official announce and in support of an Indian Ally, We both militarilly and economically support the Indian League alongside Lanka. As a result, we mobolise a majority of our navy to support Indian peoples and to deliver goods and arms to coastal cities. We also dramatically increase our military presence in Lanna due to the Northern Bordering region of the Shan States, of which is currently owned by Tibet. We make sure to keep a high amount of scouting in Lanna in case of an invasion.
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to Bengal: We ask in what ways we can be of additional aid to the Indian League.
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to Tibet: We ask that you please stand down before this escalates into a fully fledged war, of which we will be willing to support our allies in invasions against you. If you do stand down we will be happy to continue with peaceful relations.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue poping out and growing as well as tobacco plantation in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are CONTINUING to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. New roads to the Tartary are being mapped out. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new TRAINING that has been made. This new TRAINING is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is BECOMING bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for alliances. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucianism. Trading goes well with the Chinese. Movable type printing becomes the standard for printing newspapers in our nation. Due to this epidemic in China we send medical aid to our Chinese allies.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy
 * The Kiatagmiut Band continues to advance in its policy of "qayaq diplomacy" and trade. The changes to the Lavkar Reforms have encouraged more and more people to stay in their village, producing higher and higher quality goods. Suprisingly, there is still never a shortage, but surpluses and greater standards of living seem to increase hand-in-hand. Old customs continue to be valued strongly by the Kiatagmiut people, but the luussitar population has changed some opinions on tradition. This is exemplified nowhere better than in the religious elite, led by the High Shaman, who continues to compact the stories and legends of the Eskimo and instead focus on morals and greater spirit energies, the strongest of which is the Great Elder, who is possessed by the Supreme Spirit. Small fighting continues with the hated Caninermiut, and the Togiagamiut are influenced through our alliance.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The improval of the military continues, with special focus on the nascent navy. The arrival of new Oldenburger ships and expertise speeds up the construction of the navy, which pleases the council. Merchant ships on the model of the sloops provided by Oldenburg are built, but the process is long and exacting.Several ships willl be completed in 1648. The construction of arquebuses also continues swiftly, but these also remain crude. All this activity improves the military. Tuktism continues to develop swiftly, becoming more syncretic and linked to Christianity. Increasingly resentful of the chaos which cuts off trade on the Upper Cahokia River, the Nehilaw use their majority in the League of Gichigamee to create an intervention force. 10,000 men are sent to re-establish order, along with siege equipment. They are ferried over the Strait of Mackinac in canoes into the territory of League member the Aashinabeg, and thence enter Illinikew by its northern border, where they set about re-establishing order.
 * Nemaska: The military improves. 2000 men are sent to support the League.
 * Chisasibi: Improves its military especially as ships continue to be constructed. 2000 men are sent to support the League.
 * Gojijiwininag: Works to improve its military. 500 men are sent to support the League.
 * Piankeshaw: Improves its military as trade begins to flow. The tribe is promoted as separate from the Twightee. 200 men are sent to support the League.
 * North Ojibwe: The military improves. Nehilaw immigrate, while a sloop begins construction on the lake. 300 men are sent to support the League.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish navy Deploys in mass to Cochin exherting its claim to the whole of Greater Cochin (Burma) And offers Urdustan further Naval technology and money for the Whole of the Shan state proper as well as help occupying this. We warn Ayyutuhaya that while we have friendly relations infringing on Spanish claims will not be tolerated.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation. Italy declares war on Algiers sending 10,000 of its own troops against the Algerian emirate.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries. Genoa sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy sends nearly 10,000 of its own troops declaring war on Algiers.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The Economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is Established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 1.6 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops.
 * Westphalia: Wilhelm VI continues improving living conditions at home around Westphalia. Infrastructure is improved. Wolfgang Weniger fails the Chancellor elections, and he steps down from Guildmaster of the Westphalia-Weniger Guild. The Guild then turns in on itself and the German Trade League acquires it in a merger. GTL, defeating its main rival, expands across Bavaria and its holdings, and establishes a second League Quarters in Landshut, with the other one being in Ludwigsburg. With expanding into Bavaria, they also expand into Hamburg and Austria and their respective holdings rapidly. They establish a third Quarters in Hamburg, and a fourth in Vienna.


 * ​East Cologne:  Infrastructure is improved.
 * East Trier:  Infrastructure is improved.
 * Mainz:  Infrastructure is improved.
 * Palatine:  Infrastructure is improved.
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Emanuel steps down as Ban of Čudoljobovo and with permission of the Czar designate his son Baltazar as the new Ban and also the President of the Croatian Academy of Philosophy and Natural sciences in Čudoljubovo.
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. The nations are brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy.
 * Wu China: We invade the Small Kingdoms region of China with a significant force. Before we invaded, the economy and military were improved significantly. Our fleet size is increased to 160 Ships.
 * Empire of Lanka: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve. The black market has nearly disappeared, and the Lankan economy is almost fully restored, but it is still delicate. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A decent amount of the army are equipped with Dutch/western weapons and a few cannons given to them over the years. A large portion of the army also have Dutch military training, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Samir III also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Lanka is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to the public to create a government funded university in the capital.
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000.
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: The Kingdom of Jaffna is renamed "The Grand Duchy of Jaffna" and becomes a vassal of Lanka. Jaffna mainly increases its military and infrastructure. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassilization, but some are rebellious. Lanka asks the Dutch to help by moving their operations of Kotte to the rebellious areas. Although mostly destroyed, a very small amount of the Jaffnan army left swears loyalty to Lanka. Areas of Jaffna remain in rubble, due to Lanka not mainly assisting the reconstruction. The Jaffnan army is integrated with the Lankan army, and grows by a tiny amount. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder.
 * Lanka to Tibet Diplomacy: Samir III warns Tibet that if they escalate this situation they will help support on the behalf of the Indian League.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1645, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold, aged 38, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Leopold, aged 38, has two children, namely that of Ingrid (b. 1626, aged 19), and Leopold (b. 1630, aged 15). In January, Leopold commissions several court officials to collect information for a 1646 kingdom census. Also in 1645, Leopold decides to run for HRE chancellor. If he wins, he will designate his son Leopold as regent of Bavaria, in order to give him a political boost for later in life. However, in a secret meeting with Ingrid, the King tells her that she will weild most administrative power as a normal Regent would, due to young Leopold's age and general inexperience.
 * Duchy of Franken: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, aged 45, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Maria-Sofia's designated heir is her only child, Albert.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Duchy of Swabia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific Coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines from Southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European-educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. Military operations in Kotte are continued, with many rebellious citizens being arrested.
 * Minahasa: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Minahasa is created out of a series of eastern settlements in the East Indies. We begin converting and assimilating the natives. The largest settlement, known as Manado, is designated as the region capital. The settlement’s fortifications are expanded, and a military garrison is stationed in the city to protect settlers from native attacks. A dock is also constructed and expanded to facilitate trade ships.
 * Fusahito Theocracy (Japan): The Economy is built up. Emperor Yoshi I "The Emperor", goes for a tour of the newly Unified nation, visiting providence to providence to provedence. However, during his visit in the Usegi, falls I'll and is restricted to bed. His adopted son, Emperor Yoshi II, takes place as the current emperor for now. Yoshi II, learning that his father's navy is in horrible shape, decides to build eight frigates witch would be finished by the year 1653. Yoshi also learns that there are no practicular schools to teach the way of the samurai, and encourages youth to learn the way as soon as possible.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. A trade port is under construction, scheduled to open in 1650.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 53, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 25. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.77 million and rising. '
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. As the aftermath of the revolution dies down, the Roman Empire is now at peace, and the Imperial Senate is eager to work with the Emperor to protect said peace. Military and administrative reforms take place to help ensure stability. Forces join the Halvar cause in Scandinavia, as the two royal dynasties are related by blood. Forces occupy the Scandinavian colonies pending the result of the war. The population of the Empire continues to rise.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. Expansion of settlements in Kolossland continues. The settlement of Rockport is founded in the northeast section of the island, which serves as both an end point for fur trappers and settlers in the central section of the island, and as a northernmost fortification in the east colony. An expedition from Siegsburg successfully reaches the new settlement traveling from the western colony, claiming the interior for Austria. The western and eastern colonies become officially known as Bärland, while Kolossland comes to refer only to St Koloman. Research into scientific fields continues.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to economy development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. We establish and grow the colonies of Neu Franken in southern Florida, settling the towns of Frankenburg and Mainburg. The Zollern Insels/American colonies continue to expand south. The town of St Andreas is founded in honor of the patron saint of Prussia. Its accompanying island is named Apostel Insel. Other settlements are formed in the area.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire Proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate withing the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brothers reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 3,500,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her Vassals. Honoring the Second Treaty of Chan Chan, reimbursment of France ends.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy, and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 500,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military is built up.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age The Scientists in Pskov continue their studies, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Grand Duchess Elena Kondratieva is happy with the progress in Narva, and hopes she can spread this success to many nations. Pskov's economy imrpoves as it produces more and more. Meanwhile, a Pskovian Weaponsmith develops a new and improved way to make muskets, the flintlock. After showing this to the Veche and being invited to the Minister of Defence, the Pskovian government choses to adopt this weapon, and the Veche, under the request of the Grand Duchess, approves of the issuing of the flintlock as standard for all Pskovian soldiers. More flintlocks.
 * The Republic of Narva: Erik Helsberg works onto incorporating the Republican army into the Armed forces of Narva. The First elections for the Riigikogu are held and the members bring forth their first issue, the creation of a new constitution. The Nation, Proclaimed as the Second Narvan Republic, establishes a strict code of succession and an election cycle, lasting five years, with new elections happening no later than three months before the cycle ends. The Narvans receive arms from Pskov, at a price, improving their military.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs. Trade networks and the like begin to appear.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: Receives its new High Namestnik, (Insert Name Here). He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires more missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to Christianize the people. Namestnik Godunov sees initial success in his plans, as more and more locals begin picking up on the language of their conquerors. Most if not all ex-nobles of the old government now know the language, and continue to attend schools, and send their children to continue their education in Russian and with Russian tutors. An edict is passed making Russian the primary language of education. Many of the more wealthy traders, and those who can afford it, begin to learn the language of the Pskovians, as a way to communicate with the Pskovian traders working for the PIC, as it is the only language many of them know (or want to speak). The Conference on Laws of the land finishes and begins implementing and people agree to Pskovian laws and whatnot.

1646
Global temperatures decline as the global cold spell known in OTL as the "Little Ice Age" nears its first climactic minimum.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Infrastructure expanded.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military expanded.
 * Karsland: Militia expanded.
 * Neu Braunschweig: Militia expanded.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an updated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications. We buy back a bit of land from Pskov (as negotiated and documented on chat) in exchange for our past help to expand Pskov’s land west.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Vorlayacor: Kayao continues work on his manifesto. The army and navy continue their training. Northwest incorporation of the remaining Tapuia villages and Mapuche towns continues. Forts and roads are expanded to allow the newly incorporated areas to connect culturally and economically with the rest of the nation.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military forces continue to be built up as an Imperial army of 32,000 men along with primitive siege equipment march into Mongolia. 23.6% of the nation is overrun in the first year, and the capital is expected to be taken by the next. Propaganda is distributed throughout the Imperium spreading the word of the great victory the Imperial army had over the Mongolians. Soldiers are given explicit orders not to harm the local populace, although a small degree of looting and eating off the land is permitted. An estimated 9000 Mongolian civilians die in the first year of the invasion, a surprisingly small number. The economy continues to boom as the harvest yields an especially large crop this year, leading to large surpluses and trade. Engineers and agricultural specialists are sent to Mongolia to transform desolate hills into fertile farmland; new techniques such as slash-and-burn are experimented with, although mostly abandoned after they are found to render fields infertile after a few rotations.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band continues to advance in its policy of "qayaq diplomacy" and trade. The changes to the Lavkar Reforms have encouraged more and more people to stay in their village, producing higher and higher quality goods. Suprisingly, there is still never a shortage, but surpluses and greater standards of living seem to increase hand-in-hand. Old customs continue to be valued strongly by the Kiatagmiut people, but the luussitar population has changed some opinions on tradition. This is exemplified nowhere better than in the religious elite, led by the High Shaman, who continues to compact the stories and legends of the Eskimo and instead focus on morals and greater spirit energies, the strongest of which is the Great Elder, who is possessed by the Supreme Spirit. Small fighting continues with the hated Caninermiut, and the Togiagamiut are influenced through our alliance. The decline in temperatures help increase population further.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). Finally on August 13th of the current year, the French Kingdom declares war on the Sachemate of Nehilaw.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: We ask for a twenty five year non-aggression pact with France.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire Proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate withing the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brothers reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 3,500,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her Vassals. Honoring the Second Treaty of Chan Chan, reimbursment of France ends.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy, and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 500,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Westphalia: Military is improved. The German Trade League expands into the Rhineland, but only the Rhineland. Its headquarters is in Strassburg.
 * East Cologne: Military is improved.
 * East Trier: Military is improved.
 * Mainz: Military is improved.
 * Palatine: Military is improved.
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have led to the onset of famine. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 3,010,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * Since tr0llis is not posting once more does anyone object to me posting as the Netherlands starting next turn? With Blood and Iron (talk) 10:58, October 5, 2014 (UTC)
 * Fusahito Theocracy (Japan): The Economy is built up. Sadly, Emperor Yoshi I, passes away from lung cancer. His adopted son, Emperor Yoshi II, takes place as the current emperor for now. Yoshi II, learning that his father's navy is in horrible shape, decides to build eight frigates witch would be finished by the year 1652. Yoshi also learns that there are no practicular schools to teach the way of the samurai, and encourages youth to learn the way as soon as possible. Merchant ships travel south, meeting Wu and Spanish traders. The merchants gladly make the trade, bringing back goods to Japan that fascinate the emperor. Hearing of the Wu's war in the small kingdoms, and fascinated with the goods, the Japanese would like permission from Hispania and the Wu to join in on this attack.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. A trade port is under construction, scheduled to open in 1650.
 * Wu China: We accept the offer.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The improval of the military continues, with special focus on the nascent navy. The arrival of new Oldenburger ships and expertise speeds up the construction of the navy, which pleases the council. Merchant ships on the model of the sloops provided by Oldenburg are built, but the process is long and exacting.Several ships willl be completed in 1648. The construction of arquebuses also continues swiftly, but these also remain crude. All this activity improves the military. Tuktism continues to develop swiftly, becoming more syncretic and linked to Christianity. Increasingly resentful of the chaos which cuts off trade on the Upper Cahokia River, the Nehilaw use their majority in the League of Gichigamee to create an intervention force. 10,000 men are sent to re-establish order, along with siege equipment. They are ferried over the Strait of Mackinac in canoes into the territory of League member the Aashinabeg, and thence enter Illinikew by its northern border, where they set about re-establishing order.
 * Nemaska: The military improves. 2000 men are sent to support the League.
 * Chisasibi: Improves its military especially as ships continue to be constructed. 2000 men are sent to support the League.
 * Gojijiwininag: Works to improve its military. 500 men are sent to support the League.
 * Piankeshaw: Improves its military as trade begins to flow. The tribe is promoted as separate from the Twightee. 200 men are sent to support the League.
 * North Ojibwe: The military improves. Nehilaw immigrate, while a sloop begins construction on the lake. 300 men are sent to support the League.
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. The nations are brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Vietnam: At the age of 16 Quin Kemoto becomes king of the nation. The military starts to form up. The navy builds more boats to sail to the near by island of Hainan to explore the island. Farming becomes the most important industry besides blacksmithing. We ask the nation of Hispania and the Neatherlands for an alliance. Port cities are building up their ports. Cities start to expand due to the fact the population is growing.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1646, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold, aged 39, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. By 1646, most of the younger Saxon nobles are of Bavarian heritage, and the revolt risk drops substantially. In royal news, Princess Ingrid (age 20, b. 1626) is open for marriage, as well as Crown Prince Leopold (age 16, born 1630). In census news, the census taken in 1645 comes in. It is found that Bavaria has a population of 6,650,000. Interestingly, the city of Landshut outranks Munich in population. Landshut has a population of 42,568, versus Munich's 39,511. However, the city of Nuremburg continues to outrank both, at a population of 54,431. Augsburg remains the largest city in Bavaria, at 58,700 people. In order of population, Bavaria's cities would rank as following: 1. Augsburg, 2. Nuremburg, 3. Landshut, 4. Munich, and 5. Regensburg.
 * Duchy of Franken: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, aged 46, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Maria-Sofia's designated heir is her only child, Albert.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Duchy of Swabia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed.
 * The Tartary suffers with the lowering temperature of the world. However, this doesn't stop Siberian expansion, which now is not primarily led by the agricultural peoples of the Volga or the emigrant Turks, but rather a wave of Sakha and Ket expansion into the main rivers. Much of the northern half of the Yenisey and Lena rivers is already in Tatar hand s, while the Ob is entirely under control of the Emperor. The economy begins shrinking because of a bad harvest this year; however, massive development occurs there. In Saray, bad news arrive as Alexander II's uneventful reign ends; his son, Julian, rises to the throne.


 * ​Mangut Nivkhgu begins expanding its fleet, as the first Nivkh naval expedition parts south towards the islands seen to the east of the Nivkh Bay. They find these islands are controlled by their traditional rivals, the Aynu. They find the isle of Iturup first, and force the Ainu leader of the island to swear fealty to the Hang Mangut; this greatly pleases the court at Ñendaqo, which feasts with many pastries.


 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov: Also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dnieper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal: also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. The military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Wu China: Our military invasion of the Small Kingdoms are ramped up, we increase garrisons in the thousands near our border with the Southern states. Our economy is also helped with trade from around the world coming into Shanghai.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Danish forces rally in Copenhagen this year as Karl Kristoffsen prepares to lead an assault to retake Oslo. The North Sea is now entirely controlled by the Norwegian Third and Fourth fleets. Norway dedicates its First fleet to ensuring safe passage for traders. The Third fleet holds off Swedish forces below Oslo. The Danish Seventh Fleet launches a massive assault in April on the Swedish forces guarding Karelia and northern Sweden. A series of grizzly battles known as the April Showers takes place in the Baltic before Admiral Ludvig Linderoth of the Danish Seventh fleet punches a hole in the Swedish defense fleets near Helsinki. The fleets bombard it before landing. Roughly three days after landing, King Kallio I of Finland is killed by his own people. Finland, which attacked Denmark under the command of their Swedish-allied king, becomes an ally of the House of Griffins. They begin pushing into Saami and Karelian territory by the end of this year.
 * Empire of Lanka: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve. The black market has nearly disappeared, and the Lankan economy is almost fully restored, but it is still delicate. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A decent amount of the army are equipped with Dutch/western weapons and a few cannons given to them over the years. A large portion of the army also have Dutch military training, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Samir III also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Lanka is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to the public to create a government funded university in the capital.
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000.
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: The Kingdom of Jaffna is renamed "The Grand Duchy of Jaffna" and becomes a vassal of Lanka. Jaffna mainly increases its military and infrastructure. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassilization, but some are rebellious. Lanka asks the Dutch to help by moving their operations of Kotte to the rebellious areas. Although mostly destroyed, a very small amount of the Jaffnan army left swears loyalty to Lanka. Areas of Jaffna remain in rubble, due to Lanka not mainly assisting the reconstruction. The Jaffnan army is integrated with the Lankan army, and grows by a tiny amount. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder.
 * Lanka to Tibet Diplomacy: Samir III warns Tibet that if they escalate this situation they will help support on the behalf of the Indian League.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age The Scientists in Pskov continue their studies, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Grand Duchess Elena Kondratieva is happy with the progress in Narva, and hopes she can spread this success to many nations. Pskov's economy imrpoves as it produces more and more. Meanwhile, a Pskovian Weaponsmith develops a new and improved way to make muskets, the flintlock. After showing this to the Veche and being invited to the Minister of Defence, the Pskovian government choses to adopt this weapon, and the Veche, under the request of the Grand Duchess, approves of the issuing of the flintlock as standard for all Pskovian soldiers. More flintlocks. After many years of pioneering the study of materials with microscopes, Genadiy Vsevolodovich Lermontov, a Biologist at the Pskov University, discovers that, after many observations of living, dead, plant, and animal flesh alike, that all living things that grow are comprised of "Kletkas" or "Cells", interlocking to form the living being, and theorizes that it is these cells that reproduce in order to heal injuries. He continues his study of cells and it is announced in the First Publication of the "Journal of Discoveries" Published by the Pskov University that publiushes works by professors and students alike that are deemed "exemplary" every three months.
 * The Republic of Narva: Erik Helsberg works onto incorporating the Republican army into the Armed forces of Narva. The First elections for the Riigikogu are held and the members bring forth their first issue, the creation of a new constitution. The Nation, Proclaimed as the Second Narvan Republic, establishes a strict code of succession and an election cycle, lasting five years, with new elections happening no later than three months before the cycle ends. The Narvans receive arms from Pskov, at a price, improving their military.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs. Trade networks and the like begin to appear.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: Receives its new High Namestnik, (Insert Name Here). He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires more missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to Christianize the people. Namestnik Godunov sees initial success in his plans, as more and more locals begin picking up on the language of their conquerors. Most if not all ex-nobles of the old government now know the language, and continue to attend schools, and send their children to continue their education in Russian and with Russian tutors. An edict is passed making Russian the primary language of education. Many of the more wealthy traders, and those who can afford it, begin to learn the language of the Pskovians, as a way to communicate with the Pskovian traders working for the PIC, as it is the only language many of them know (or want to speak). The Conference on Laws of the land finishes and begins implementing and people agree to Pskovian laws and whatnots..
 * Ayutthaya:  The counter attack on Tibet is well funded by Auytthaya and we persue with the destruction of reional military and pro-Tibetan forces amongst the Shan states while heavilly supplying food and weaponry to Eastern port of India. (More in a minute.)
 * You were not included in the algo Shan State isnt yours.
 * 1- I never claimed Shan States, only involved in border conflicts and aiding Indian League. I'm not claiming the land. 2- I requested to be in the algo the other day, and I even posted a turn about it and nobody put me in. I was already aiding the Indian Legue previous turn. 
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish navy Deploys in mass to Cochin exherting its claim to the whole of Greater Cochin (Burma) And offers Urdustan further Naval technology and money for the Whole of the Shan state proper as well as help occupying this. We warn Ayyutuhaya that while we have friendly relations infringing on Spanish claims will not be tolerated.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation. Italy declares war on Algiers sending 10,000 of its own troops against the Algerian emirate.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries. Genoa sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy sends nearly 10,000 of its own troops declaring war on Algiers.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The Economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is Established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 1.6 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor. Cochin officially moves forces into the Shan State occupying the territory and requesting that Ayuttuhaya remain outside the Shan state and all of Burma or face war. 
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai expands into Qingdao (15 px) seizing the city as the latest trade port for the South China Sea Company.


 * ​Urdustani Dip: We agree.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. Expansion of settlements in Kolossland continues. The settlement of Rockport is founded in the northeast section of the island, which serves as both an end point for fur trappers and settlers in the central section of the island, and as a northernmost fortification in the east colony. An expedition from Siegsburg successfully reaches the new settlement traveling from the western colony, claiming the interior for Austria. The western and eastern colonies become officially known as Bärland, while Kolossland comes to refer only to St Koloman. Research into scientific fields continues.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to economy development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Prussia: We dedicate this turn to economy in Prussia and all our nation’s vassals, colonial possessions, and territories. We continue to expand our shipyards to facilitate trade and to garrison large military fleets. Shipyards are expanded and we continue producing ships. The population of Prussia grows slightly as crops from the New World are introduced in the nation, and colonial expeditions to Bore
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The ten year plan is complete. With the ten year plan complete, we are fully mobolized for war, and the Sultan declares war on Yemen, declaring that Yemen has been a thorn in the Sultanate's side for far too long, and that its destruction will benefit Manssuryia. (Casus belli: Attacking to assert political hegemony over the Middle East)
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We request that the nations of Damascas and Dacia help us in our war with Yemen. 
 * alia are carried out.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 54, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 26. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.83 million and rising. '
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * County of Oldenburg: Infrastructure at home and in the colonies is improved.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The university begins attracting great scientific minds from other countries by offering highly-paid positions.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's interest in astronomy, after witnessing a small meteor shower, leads to his funding of an observatory in the plains of Bastar, named اجرام فلکی کے مشاہدے کے لئے ویدشالا (Ākāśīya piṇḍōṁ kī nigarānī kē li'ē vēdhaśālā)
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Due to the recent riots within Urdustan, most of the Hindu ones breaking out in Vijaynagar, the local levies controlled by the Emperor are sent out to attempt to quell the largest of riots within the city of Vijaynagar. However, before many of them arrive, the Emperor's brother, سفارتی ادقارکرتا (Rājanayika rakṣaka) espouses his brother's idea of amnesty for the rioters who disband now, as a way to prevent a larger conflict from brewing. However, since the more level-headed ones have already disbanded, there is no telling what will happen.

1647
An earthquake strikes southern Chile, killing approximately one thousand people.

British explorers from the East Indies discover OTL New Zealand and Tasmania, and also chart much of the northern coast of Australia.

'''The plague breaks out in Edinburgh, spreading to other parts of Scotland. Fearing the spread of the plague, the Edinburgh Town Council prohibits all gatherings in the city except weddings and funerals.'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Infrastructure expanded.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Economy expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Economy expanded.
 * Karsland: Economy expanded.
 * Neu Braunschweig: Economy expanded.
 * Suri Empire: Sultan Adil Shah establishes Islamic prowess over the empire, fortifying the nation's ties with the UIN, and the leading power, the Damascan Sultanate, increasing relations with Mansuriyya, Urdustan, and Damascus. We expand our military, and trade for guns from Mansuriyya and the Damascan Sultanate. Offer trading with Ayuttyha and Siamese Empire. The capital, Kabul, grows in population numbering around 300,000. Attempts to establish Islam on Tibetan borders.
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes islamic growth. Military expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes islamic growth. Military expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Postive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV dies as Sultan at the age of 73. Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 23rd birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 435,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 325,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 23.6 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Sulimen V and his twin sister Ablahadahla begin looking for spouses. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 350,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 40-45 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 80,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo: Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 375,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia, and Rome.
 * Damascan-Mansuriyyan Diplomacy: We request to meet in Jerusalem for a joint council on splitting up the territories of Yemen. We offer militaristic and economic support to the Mansuriyyan Sultanate using political and religious hegemony as casus belli.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation. Italy declares war on Algiers sending 10,000 of its own troops against the Algerian emirate.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries. Genoa sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy sends nearly 10,000 of its own troops declaring war on Algiers.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The Economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is Established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 1.6 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor. Cochin officially moves forces into the Shan State occupying the territory and requesting that Ayuttuhaya remain outside the Shan state and all of Burma or face war. 
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the City and ships move in to begin the major trade route
 * The Kiatagmiut Band continues to advance in its policy of "qayaq diplomacy" and trade. The changes to the Lavkar Reforms have encouraged more and more people to stay in their village, producing higher and higher quality goods. Suprisingly, there is still never a shortage, but surpluses and greater standards of living seem to increase hand-in-hand. Old customs continue to be valued strongly by the Kiatagmiut people, but the luussitar population has changed some opinions on tradition. This is exemplified nowhere better than in the religious elite, led by the High Shaman, who continues to compact the stories and legends of the Eskimo and instead focus on morals and greater spirit energies, the strongest of which is the Great Elder, who is possessed by the Supreme Spirit. Small fighting continues with the hated Caninermiut, and the Togiagamiut are influenced through our alliance. The decline in temperatures help increase population further.
 * Ayutthaya:  Economy is expanded and we continue to build suburbs in Lower Dawei and Nakom Pathom. Trade routes are grown between our major cities and we start building a road  to our Southern Districts. (Turn One of Five). We continue to grow our navy and we also deliver more people to the Ayutthayan Nicobar where the regions capital reaches the population of 125,000. Additional schools are built in regional areas and we ecnorage farmers to expand into forest areas to produce more food. We continue to destroy pirating ships on our West coast so that trade becomes easier.


 * Lanna: The areas trade is grown and more trade routes are being made between Lanna and Ayutthaya. There are other roads that now lead to Ayutthaya's North Western coast from Lanna for quicker trade and also trade with Dawei.
 * The Tartary suffers with the lowering temperature of the world. However, this doesn't stop Siberian expansion, which now is not primarily led by the agricultural peoples of the Volga or the emigrant Turks, but rather a wave of Sakha and Ket expansion into the main rivers. Much of the northern half of the Yenisey and Lena rivers is already in Tatar hand s, while the Ob is entirely under control of the Emperor. The economy begins shrinking because of a bad harvest this year; however, massive development occurs there. In Saray, bad news arrive as Alexander II's uneventful reign ends; his son, Julian, rises to the throne.


 * ​Mangut Nivkhgu begins expanding its fleet, as the first Nivkh naval expedition parts south towards the islands seen to the east of the Nivkh Bay. They find these islands are controlled by their traditional rivals, the Aynu. They find the Isle of Iturup first, and force the Ainu leader of the island to swear fealty to the Hang Mangut; this greatly pleases the court at Ñendaqo, which feasts with many pastries.
 * the Empire of Parthia: Continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is developed by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov: Also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dnieper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal: also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. The military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Trans-Assam (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, ٹرانس آسام آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Due to the recent riots within Urdustan, most of the Hindu ones breaking out in Vijaynagar, the local levies controlled by the Emperor are sent out to attempt to quell the largest of riots within the city of Vijaynagar. However, before many of them arrive, the Emperors brother, سفارتی ادقارکرتا (Rājanayika rakṣaka) espouses his brother's idea of amnesty for the rioters who disband now, as a way to prevent a larger conflict from brewing. However, since the more level-headed ones have already disbanded, there is no telling what will happen.
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have leed to famine killing 80k people. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 3,010,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). The French Kingdom continues warring on the Sachemate of Nehilaw
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Sends troops and support to France.
 * The Nehilaw: Ask for a truce and offer concessions.
 * Fusahito Theocracy (Japan): The military is built up. Emperor Yoshi II, learning that his father's navy is in horrible shape, decides to build eight frigates witch would be finished by the year 1652. However, scholars learn a strategy for building quick, sturdy ships, making the original project now planned to be finished in 1651. Yoshi also learns that there are no practicular schools to teach the way of the samurai, and encourages youth to learn the way as soon as possible. About 2000 Troops are sent to mainland China to help the Wu conquer the Small Kingdoms. Rumors are spreading around that the Ainu are planning an assault on ports. While not getting any answers, the people remain fearful of the threat. Merchant ships travel south to the Indies, where they encounter Dutch traders. The emperor, interested in foreign goods, would like to trade with the Dutch to get more food and imports for the people of Japan. The Japanese also begin vassalizing the smaller Taiwanese state (Turn One of three). Yoshi II, hearing of the young king in Vietnam, offers a his half Japanese, half Vietnamese adopted daughter to marry the Vietnamese King.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. A trade port is under construction, scheduled to open in 1650.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan. Monarch Sohyeon dies this year of old age and is succeeded by his only child, Princess Jeongsin, succeeds him and she becomes the new Monarch of Korea.
 * County of Oldenburg: The Regency Council sends an ambassador to Hesse for the first time since the war many decades ago. The ambassador asks to re-establish formal relations, a non-aggression pact, and assistance for a road-building project to connect Oldenburg with the Hessian capital to improve trade. The military expands a little. Regent Mary unveils her plans for a redesign of the army uniform. The designs - being extremely flamboyant and entirely impractical - are applauded by the Regency Council before being quietly put in the metaphorical "too hard basket". Neu Norderney expands 200 px down the coast towards Neu Juist.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Prince-Bishop looks at Regent Mary's designs and considers adopting them for the Episcopal Guards.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The improval of the military continues, with special focus on the nascent navy. The arrival of new Oldenburger ships and expertise speeds up the construction of the navy, which pleases the council. Merchant ships on the model of the sloops provided by Oldenburg are built, but the process is long and exacting. Several ships willl be completed in 1648. The construction of arquebuses also continues swiftly, but these also remain crude. All this activity improves the military. Tuktism continues to develop swiftly, becoming more syncretic and linked to Christianity. Faced with overwhelming military force from the French, with most of their troops isolated in Cahokia, the Nehilaw, after suffering several defeats, ask for a truce. The Two sloops are disassembled and shipped to Gichigamee to prevent their destruction.
 * Nemaska: The economy improves.
 * Chisasibi: Improves its economy especially as ships continue being constructed.
 * Gojijiwininag: Works to improve its economy.
 * Piankeshaw: Improves its economy as trade begins to flow.
 * North Ojibwe: The economy improves.
 * Cahokia: Now under Nehilaw control following the war, Cahokia improves its infrastructure. However, following the withdrawal of most troops, the region remains in chaos.
 * Vietnam: The military continues to form up. The navy builds more boats to sail to the near by island of Hainan to explore the island. Farming continues to be the most important industry besides blacksmithing. Port cities are building up their ports. Cities start to expand due to the fact the population is growing. Explorers map out the island of Hainan. The explorers settle in the island building some port cities.
 * Cambodia: Our navy abd military are being built up.
 * Laos: Our military and economy are being built up.
 * Vorlayacor: Kayao continues work on his manifesto of calculus. The army and navy continue their training. The economy expands as normal.
 * Wu China: We continue expanding military, having 180 ships by the end of the year. Economy is also built up.
 * Scandinavian Empire: A Norwegian attack on Swedish-controlled Oslo in March leads to a victory. Due to the damage done to the city, Bergen remains the capital of Norway for the remainder of the war. In the meantime, the forces led by Karl Kristoffsen cross the Oresund into Sweden. The battles in the area have left cities such as Malmo and Helsingborg devastated. Two armies invade Sweden; one through Malmo and one through the ruins of Helsingborg. The invasion of Malmo goes without incident and allows for invasions of the surrounding countryside. However, Helsingborg presents a bigger problem. Danish forces are at a standstill until re-inforcements from Norway and from Denmark arrive in Helsingborg. Danish forces rush to invade the Swedish city of Gothenborg. If Gothenborg falls, Sweden is doomed to fall with it. Along the way, they encounter resistance. The planned invasion finally takes place in early November against the warnings of several generals. A harsh winter sweeps into Gothenborg, trapping Griffins/Bjelbo and Halvar forces alike. The early stages of the battle become known as the Suffering at Frostgate. Starvation runs rampant in the camps. Gothenborg faces no better.
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. The nations are brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 55, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 26. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.83 million and rising. In accordance with The Treaty of Assab Dacia takes Iritria as a colony from the Yemeni Sultanate.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire Proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate withing the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brothers reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 3,500,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her Vassals. Honoring the Second Treaty of Chan Chan, reimbursment of France ends.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy, and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 500,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1647, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold, aged 40, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. By 1646, most of the younger Saxon nobles are of Bavarian heritage, and the revolt risk drops substantially. In royal news, Princess Ingrid (age 21, b. 1626) is open for marriage, as well as Crown Prince Leopold (age 17, born 1630). 
 * Duchy of Franken: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, aged 47, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Maria-Sofia's designated heir is her only child, Albert.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Duchy of Swabia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. As the aftermath of the revolution dies down, the Roman Empire is now at peace, and the Imperial Senate is eager to work with the Emperor to protect said peace. Military and administrative reforms take place to help ensure stability. Forces join the Halvar cause in Scandinavia, as the two royal dynasties are related by blood. Forces occupy the Scandinavian colonies pending the result of the war. The population of the Empire continues to rise.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. Expansion of settlements in Kolossland continues. The settlement of Rockport is founded in the northeast section of the island, which serves as both an end point for fur trappers and settlers in the central section of the island, and as a northernmost fortification in the east colony. An expedition from Siegsburg successfully reaches the new settlement traveling from the western colony, claiming the interior for Austria. The western and eastern colonies become officially known as Bärland, while Kolossland comes to refer only to St Koloman. Research into scientific fields continues.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to economy development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * Empire of Lanka: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve. The black market has nearly disappeared, and the Lankan economy is almost fully restored, but it is still delicate. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A decent amount of the army are equipped with Dutch/western weapons and a few cannons given to them over the years. A large portion of the army also have Dutch military training, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Samir III also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Lanka is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to the public to create a government funded university in the capital.
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000.
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: The Kingdom of Jaffna is renamed "The Grand Duchy of Jaffna" and becomes a vassal of Lanka. Jaffna mainly increases its military and infrastructure. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassilization, but some are rebellious. Lanka asks the Dutch to help by moving their operations of Kotte to the rebellious areas. Although mostly destroyed, a very small amount of the Jaffnan army left swears loyalty to Lanka. Areas of Jaffna remain in rubble, due to Lanka not mainly assisting the reconstruction. The Jaffnan army is integrated with the Lankan army, and grows by a tiny amount. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder.
 * Lanka to Tibet Diplomacy: Samir III warns Tibet that if they escalate this situation they will help support on the behalf of the Indian League.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Mongolia is fully conquered as the capital is taken. Half is annexed into the nation and the other half is set up as a vassal state.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age The Scientists in Pskov continue their studies, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Grand Duchess Elena Kondratieva is happy with the progress in Narva, and hopes she can spread this success to many nations. Pskov's economy imrpoves as it produces more and more. Meanwhile, a Pskovian Weaponsmith develops a new and improved way to make muskets, the flintlock. After showing this to the Veche and being invited to the Minister of Defence, the Pskovian government choses to adopt this weapon, and the Veche, under the request of the Grand Duchess, approves of the issuing of the flintlock as standard for all Pskovian soldiers. More flintlocks. The Pskov Academy, a part of the Pskov Universtiy, takes almost absloute control over the "Journal of Discoveries" and revises its peer-review processes, and publishing only those exemplary papers and news that make its cut (although stuff from other parts of the UNiversity are welcome, they still de facto now have to go through the Academy's Screening processes), making it the world's first Peer-Reviewed Scientific journal.
 * The Republic of Narva: Erik Helsberg works onto incorporating the Republican army into the Armed forces of Narva. The First elections for the Riigikogu are held and the members bring forth their first issue, the creation of a new constitution. The Nation, Proclaimed as the Second Narvan Republic, establishes a strict code of succession and an election cycle, lasting five years, with new elections happening no later than three months before the cycle ends. The Narvans receive arms from Pskov, at a price, improving their military.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs. Trade networks and the like begin to appear.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: Receives its new High Namestnik, (Insert Name Here). He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires more missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to Christianize the people. Namestnik Godunov sees initial success in his plans, as more and more locals begin picking up on the language of their conquerors. Most if not all ex-nobles of the old government now know the language, and continue to attend schools, and send their children to continue their education in Russian and with Russian tutors. An edict is passed making Russian the primary language of education. Many of the more wealthy traders, and those who can afford it, begin to learn the language of the Pskovians, as a way to communicate with the Pskovian traders working for the PIC, as it is the only language many of them know (or want to speak). The Conference on Laws of the land finishes and begins implementing and people agree to Pskovian laws and whatnots..
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines from Southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. Military operations in Kotte are continued, with many rebellious citizens being arrested.
 * Minahasa: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Minahasa is created out of a series of eastern settlements in the East Indies. We begin converting and assimilating the natives. The largest settlement, known as Manado, is designated as the region capital. The settlement’s fortifications are expanded, and a military garrison is stationed in the city to protect settlers from native attacks. A dock is also constructed and expanded to facilitate trade ships.

1648
'''A major Ukrainian revolt breaks out in Romania, causing its vassals to declare a war of independence from Romania. An army of Zaporozhian Cossacks and local peasants successfully push back an initial Romanian army in the region (Scores undoubled for both states: Military: 10, Economy: 8, Infrastructure: 7).'''

'''Separated from the main settlements in Bärland (OTL Newfoundland), Austrian farms in the mainland are abandoned. Pixels in the interior are removed and settlement is stunted.'''

'''For the record I didn't make this event. Callumthered (talk) 10:25, October 7, 2014 (UTC)'''

'''For the record, I did. Mscoree (talk)'''

'''A Jewish leader in Roman Anatolia named Shelomi Zevi claims to be the long-awaited Jewish Messiah. He manages to raise a large following, taking over the Jewish religious communities in the Roman Empire, as well as attracting interest from Jews across Europe, especially the Ukraine region.'''

'''A second Dutch ship from the East Indies shipwrecks off the coast of western Australia. A rescue party is sent ashore several weeks later, but its boats crash against rocks, causing several to drown. The Dutch communities in Australia as a result remain mostly isolated from European support. The group there manages to establish a settlement on their own, consisting mainly of a large fort, at OTL Denham.'''

'''There are entirely too many of these events being Dutch for there being a British and Spanish enclave on the continent. No more settlements, no more new nations, I'm tired of you showing preference to the Dutch FOR EVERYTHING. No more of these events - period. -Feud'''

'''Please let us discuss this on the moderator page. Callumthered (talk) 06:27, October 7, 2014 (UTC) '''

A large earthquake damages the Damascan city of Van in the Armenia region.


 * Ayutthayan Sultanate: We formarily formalize ourselves as an Islamic nation. We set up Sinagpore as our capital. Sultan Mohammad Maikiala I sets up trade with the Dutch. He requests an alliance or NAP with Vietnam. We request from the Urdustan Empire or the Damascan Sultanate to accept our admittance into the UIN. We request trading rights with the Suri Empire, Urdustan Empire, Mansuriyyian Sultanate, and the Damascan Sultanate. We expand our navy and military. We increase relations and thoroughly establish more Islamic proselytizing throughout the nation.


 * Lanna (vassal of the Ayutthayan Sultanate): The vassal expands its navy. Islam is continuing to be spread throughout the vassal. Ports are re-inforced and built larger.
 * Nicobar (colony of the Ayutthayan Sultanate): The colony receives more populations and colonists from Ayutthaya proper. Islam is fully accepted throughout the colony. Infrastructure is expanded.

'''I know I'm not aloud to cross out other people turn but this is ridiculous. These guys ask me for my country, then take it without my permission which is against the rules. The reason why I wasn't able to post is becuase I was on holidays and I have been posting for the past couple of days. You took it and basically converted the country into an Islamic country in one turn which is completely ASB and I had certainly never given up my country. Additionally, you also DELETED my turn which I find very rude and inconciderate. I have been running this country for months you arn;t in control of it. '''
 * Damascan Diplomacy: We accept the Ayutthayan Sultanate into the UIN. This also grants them the trading rights and alliances they requested. As well as military protection, and access to canals and straits in which the UIN own/control.

'''BTW, can I also have a Mod help me out as they are really starting to mess things up, they don't even know who is running Ayutthaya and are claiming that it is a Sultanate and so on ... Aternix!?  04:56, October 8, 2014 (UTC)'''
 * Ayutthaya: Economy is expanded and we continue to build suburbs in Lower Dawei and Nakom Pathom. Trade routes are grown between our major cities and we start building a road  to our Southern Districts. (Turn Two of Five). We continue to grow our navy and we also deliver more people to the Ayutthayan Nicobar where the region's capital reaches the population of 130,000. Additional schools are built in regional areas and we ecnorage farmers to expand into forest areas to produce more food. We continue to destroy pirating ships on our West coast so that trade becomes easier. We are happy to grow our relations with the Suri Empire. Our districts in Lower Dawei are expanded again now that trade routes better connect regional areas with the now thriving trade city. Our king, Ramathibodi III, in his old age resigns from the Ayutthayan throne and his heir, now King Jabesh I. His first act as King is to rename the gulf on our east coast, the Gulf of Ayutthaya, where it was previously disputed over many Thai dialects. Ayutthaya happily welcomes the new king by giving many festivals down main streets in Ayutthaya and Nakhom Pathom.
 * ​Lanna: The areas trade is grown and more trade routes are being made between Lanna and Ayutthaya. There are other roads that now lead to Ayutthaya's North Western coast from Lanna for quicker trade and also trade with Dawei.


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV dies as Sultan at the age of 73. Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 24th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 435,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 325,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 23.6 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Sulimen V and his twin sister Ablahadahla begin looking for spouses. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 350,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 40-45 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 80,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo: Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 375,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia and Rome.
 * Damascan-Mansuriyyan Diplomacy: We request to meet in Jerusalem for a joint council on splitting up the territories of Yemen. We offer militaristic and economic support to the Mansuriyyan Sultanate using political and religious hegemony as caucus belli.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Infrastructure expanded.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Discontent in the armies grows in early January as a bitter winter endangers the troops seiging Gothenburg. To end the siege, General Karl Kristoffsen and his lieutenants, along with purpotedly 500 of his best men march into the starving city in an act of desperation. This force is dubbed 'The White Walkers'. On 21 January, the White Walkers enter Gothenburg, storming the Swedish city. They are able to take it with minimal casualties due to the famine in the city. The White Walkers become known as the elite Griffins units. In Finland, an offensive into Karelia takes Halvar forces by surprise. It is suspected that Finland will be able to march on Vyborg Castle by the end of next year. With Gothenburg in Griffins hands, General Kristoffsen advises John II to step down from power. The Scandinavian king refuses, prompting Karl Kristoffsen to order his forces to assault Oslo. The forces are ambushed between the Unden and Skagern lakes, preventing the battle from happening this year.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). The French Kingdom Signs the treaty of rouenelle finish the war with the Sachemate of Nehilaw and starting the Protectorate of Nehileau
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Demak Sultanate: We establish ourselves as an Islamic nation. We move our capital to Bintara in central Majapahit. We expand our infrastructure and navy. We request from the Urdustan Empire or Damascan Sultanate to join the UIN. We open positive relationships and trading with the Dutch.
 * Damascan Diplomacy: We accept the Demak Sultanate into the UIN. They are given access to canals and straits under UIN control. They are given full trading rights with all partners and allies and members of the UIN. They are given protection under their spherical leader, Urdustan Empire.
 * Fusahito Theocracy (Japan): The military is built up. Rumors are spreading around that the Ainu are planning an assault on ports. After a refusal by Ainu authorities to answer last year, the Japanese launch an all out attack on the nation to enforce political hegemony and to subdue the any rumor; false or real (5000 troops). Emperor Yoshi II, learning that his father's navy is in horrible shape, decides to build eight frigates witch would be finished by the year 1652. However, scholars learn a strategy for building quick, sturdy ships, making the original project now planned to be finished in 1651. Yoshi also learns that there are no practicular schools to teach the way of the samurai, and encourages youth to learn the way as soon as possible. About 2000 Troops are sent to mainland China to help the Wu conquer the Small Kingdoms, but some withdraw to go attack the Ainu. Merchant ships travel south to the Philippines, where they encounter Spanish traders. The emperor, interested in foreign goods, would like to trade with the Spanish to get more food and imports for the people of Japan. The Japanese continue vassalizing the smaller Taiwanese state (Turn Two of three).
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. A trade port is under construction, scheduled to open in 1650. All of the current troops (1,000) leave the colony to go north to strike the Ainu.
 * Urdustani Diplomacy: The Urdustani Emperor wishes to open trade relations with the Fusahito Theocracy.


 * Suri Empire: Islam continues to gain popularity along the Tibetan border. Our military grows to 100,000. The port town Karachi is slowly starting to grow into a sprawling city. Troops can be seen moving along the Kyber Pass and the southern border near Dhundhai . The friendly relations with Ayutthaya  grows stronger while attempts to trade with the Dutch is opened out of Karachi.
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes islamic growth. Military expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes islamic growth. Military expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Postive trading continued with Urdustan.


 * County of Oldenburg: Work begins on a road to connect Oldenburg to the Hessian capital. Neu Norderney expands South along the coast towards Neu Juist. The Regency Council announces its long-term plans for the Borealian colonies: Oldenburger Borealia will stretch from the Great Northern Peninsula of Newfound Land, up the coast of Neu Norderney (Labrador) all the way to the Northernmost peninsula. Of course, this is currently more fantasy than concrete plan, but it is welomed by the OHG and other leaders as a sort of guidline/mission statement regarding colonisation.


 * ​Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Episcopal Guard is decked out in its new uniform. Made to the design by Regent Mary, it is woefully impractical, but looks nice.
 * Since Tr0llis hasn't posted in several turns, I'm retaking control of the Netherlands With Blood and Iron (talk) 12:19, October 7, 2014 (UTC)
 * Netherlands: While hunting the present monarch dies from a crushed lung and he falls off his horse and hits a rock. The event causes a great deal of ruckus and unease in the capital of The Hague as he had no heir. The crown is ultimately disputed by several members of the house of Nassau-Orleans. the States-General take advantage of the situation and declare a series of reforms which strips the monarchy of a great deal of its power empowering the States-General and empowering the Office of Stadtholder. The States-general supports the claims of his cousin Johann van Nassau-Orleans, while others support the claims of his absolutist brother Hendrik.  Brussels Aristocrat Floris van der Burch is declared Stadtholder. In coordination with the regency the States-General begins a ten-year reform to strip the crown of all military control, and to reorganize the privinces along more administrative lines. The University of Brussels and the university of Amsterdam are expanded and create new divisions for Natural sciences and development. Cultural development in the Netherlands continue, as economic growth continues. The Stock shares are fully developed into the Amsterdam Stock exchange.  Under the new administration efforts to revitalize old alliances with Britannia, Hispania, Scandinavia, Urdistan, and Rome are made.  Military and naval expansion continue as frigates, bigrates and large frigates now form the core of the navy, development of capital ships begin along the lines of OTL proto-ships of the line.


 * ​Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimulate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured Malacca, Brunei, Dutch India, and Sunda are reclassified as Client States of the Company and a majority of Internal autonomy is returned while the Company assumes control of foreign policy and protection of its client states. Demek efforts to improve relations with the East india company are welcomed and Batavia offers them a trade agreement, a similar policy with Suri is started as well. The Company requests Urdistani permission to begin recruiting Indian troops again, offering good pay and large pensions and land claims upon complition of service. the sale of black slaves to the Indian subcontinent is expanded greatly. Efforts to monopolize the trade routes of the East indies is started up again. 
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy aslong as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory, and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governer requests that the Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 12,000 white settlers and some 7000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine river (otl orinoco river) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 100 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony.
 * Vietnam: The military continues to form up.  The navy builds more boats to sail to the near by island of Hainan to explore the island.  Farming continues to be the most important industry besides blacksmithing. Port cities are building up their ports. Cities start to expand due to the fact the population is growing.  Explorers map out the island of Hainan. The explorers settle in the island building some port cities.
 * Hainan isn't colonizeable it has a nation in control of it. -Feud


 * Cambodia: Our navy and military are being built up.
 * Laos: Our military and economy are being built up.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band continues to advance in its policy of "qayaq diplomacy" and trade. The changes to the Lavkar Reforms have encouraged more and more people to stay in their village, producing higher and higher quality goods. Suprisingly, there is still never a shortage, but surpluses and greater standards of living seem to increase hand-in-hand. Old customs continue to be valued strongly by the Kiatagmiut people, but the luussitar population has changed some opinions on tradition. This is exemplified nowhere better than in the religious elite, led by the High Shaman, who continues to compact the stories and legends of the Eskimo and instead focus on morals and greater spirit energies, the strongest of which is the Great Elder, who is possessed by the Supreme Spirit. Small fighting continues with the hated Caninermiut, and the Togiagamiut are influenced through our alliance. The decline in temperatures help increase population further.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Pascal Rulings invents the adding machine. Edmund James SMith invents the barometer.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any sepretist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.4 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins to see inflation of currency from the massive amount of goods flowing in from China and the inflated prices of these. An expert reports that Hispania will require nearly a decade to repair the damage and that the trade imports need to be controlled. This is known as the China Sea Bubble.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation. Italy declares war on Algiers sending 10,000 of its own troops against the Algerian emirate.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries. Genoa sends 5000 of its own troops against Algiers
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy sends nearly 10,000 of its own troops declaring war on Algiers.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The Economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is Established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 1.6 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor. Cochin officially moves forces into the Shan State occupying the territory and requesting that
 * Shan State: The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around 5 million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the City and ships move in to begin the major trade route
 * Wu China: We invade the Min for political hegemony with 200,000 men after talks with Hispania in Shanghai. We promise them an enclave on the Min coast if we win. Economy improves with even more trade coming in.
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. The nations are brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval deveopment speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets beign more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. French spreads among the elite, while Basque and Livonian immigrants are now joined by French people. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nemaska is annexed, and the vassalization of the Nipissing begins (Turn One of Four).
 * Gojijiwiningag: The economy improves.
 * Chisasibi: The economy improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The economy is improved.
 * Cahokienne Protectorate: Occupied Cahokia is placed under dual Franco-Nehilaw administration. The economy improves.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 56, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 27. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.9 million and rising. A large force is sent to quell the revolt in Kiev. The force takes with it a large number of Culverini to siege cities.
 * Kiev: After a huge battle on the plains around Odessa the Kievan rebels are beaten. The timely arrival of 5,000 Loyal Romanians from Kiev surrounded the enemy force and allowed the capture of nearly the entire leadership. All those who held officer positions in the Kievan army are impaled and the rest pardoned. Southern Kiev is annexed by Dacia as punishment for their transgression.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III flees to Transylvania with several thousand loyalists. They begin to prepare for a counter invasion of Halych.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants. The Hungarian Legion assists the Dacian military in dealing with the rebels. Cannons are sent to help during sieges.
 * Dacian Somali: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * Dacian Diplomats: Well aware that Dacia cannot afford a war with Halych. We offer the small nation a deal which would make Halych a Consulate like Dacia, under Dacian vassalage and Dacia will in exchange pay a tribute for 20 years and not permit Romanians from entering Halych. [Halych agrees, war avoided. Pass go, collect $200.]
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age. The Scientists in Pskov continue their studies, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Grand Duchess Elena Kondratieva is happy with the progress in Narva, and hopes she can spread this success to many nations. Pskov's economy imrpoves as it produces more and more. Meanwhile, a Pskovian Weaponsmith develops a new and improved way to make muskets, the flintlock. After showing this to the Veche and being invited to the Minister of Defence, the Pskovian government choses to adopt this weapon, and the Veche, under the request of the Grand Duchess, approves of the issuing of the flintlock as standard for all Pskovian soldiers. More flintlocks. The disputes between Prussia and Narva, over land become too much to bear. In late June, the Veche, with agreement with the Riigikogu and Peaminister of Narva, declare war on the Nation of Prussia over differences in trade and Colonial Policies, Citing that Pskov must be the only True Nation that dominates the east Baltic. Siege engines are deployed as recruits are drafted for the first time since the War with Russia to do match the strength of the Prussian armed forcces.-Lx (leave me a message)Azarath Flag.png 22:45, October 7, 2014 (UTC). Nations wanting to intervene are reminded that this is a 1v1 dispute between westminster treaty signing nations.
 * The Republic of Narva: Erik Helsberg works onto incorporating the Republican army into the Armed forces of Narva. The First elections for the Riigikogu are held and the members bring forth their first issue, the creation of a new constitution. The Nation, Proclaimed as the Second Narvan Republic, establishes a strict code of succession and an election cycle, lasting five years, with new elections happening no later than three months before the cycle ends. The Narvans receive arms from Pskov, at a price, improving their military. Narva Declares war on Prussia after disputes become too much to bear. The Lands known as Greater Narva will come into the fold.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs. Trade networks and the like begin to appear. The PIC supports the war with Prussia and starts to besiege its colonies in America.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: Receives its new High Namestnik, (Insert Name Here). He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires more missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to Christianize the people. Namestnik Godunov sees initial success in his plans, as more and more locals begin picking up on the language of their conquerors. Most if not all ex-nobles of the old government now know the language, and continue to attend schools, and send their children to continue their education in Russian and with Russian tutors. An edict is passed making Russian the primary language of education. Many of the more wealthy traders, and those who can afford it, begin to learn the language of the Pskovians, as a way to communicate with the Pskovian traders working for the PIC, as it is the only language many of them know (or want to speak). The Conference on Laws of the land finishes and begins implementing and people agree to Pskovian laws and whatnots..
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have leed to famine killing 80k people. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,960,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * Vorlayacor: Quitral finishes his calculus manifesto; he begins distributing copies around the Americas and sends scripts to Europe for Leibniz to distribute. Calculus quickly revolutionizes mathematics and earns both Quitral and Leibniz accolades for their work. European scholars, impressed by Quitral's work, begin journeying to Vorlayacor to enhance their education. Vorlayacoran scholars begin to do the same at European universities. The army upgrades its weaponry and continues training. Northwest incorporation continues. There is talk of a "grand road" that would connect the cities of the coast to all areas of the interior.
 * Roman Empire: Emperor Andronikos V dies this year, and his son Stephen is corronated as Emperor Stephen I. Stephen is a stronger ruler than his father, but so far takes a cooperative stance with the Imperial Senate and Consul Theodore von Chersenesos. The economy continues to grow in the nation along with the population, as increased grain imports from Egypt swells the supplies of food. As a result, the population skyrockets in areas like Anatolia and Gothia, and the population of the Empire as a whole steadily approaches 20 million. The military stages war games in the provinces and continues to train, as does the navy. Stephen I takes an active interests in this Jewish "prophet," and has him arrested to see what happens. As he is put away in one of Constantinople's prisons, many Jews turn out to protest, threatening to riot if he is not released within a day. Stephen I orders him released and brought to the Imperial Palace. There the two of them chat and engage in an ideological debate about his supposed power and the differences between Christianity and Judaism. The talk goes well, and Stephen I learns of his motivations and extends support. The Jewish prophet is freed and sent on his way to Phoenicia, where he begins organizing his Jewish compatriots to take back Jerusalem and Judea with the blessing of the Roman Emperor.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. Expansion of settlements in Kolossland continues. The settlement of Rockport is founded in the northeast section of the island, which serves as both an end point for fur trappers and settlers in the central section of the island, and as a northernmost fortification in the east colony. An expedition from Siegsburg successfully reaches the new settlement traveling from the western colony, claiming the interior for Austria. The western and eastern colonies become officially known as Bärland, while Kolossland comes to refer only to St Koloman. Research into scientific fields continues.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to economy development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an updated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications. We buy back a bit of land from Pskov (as negotiated and documented on chat) in exchange for our past help to expand Pskov’s land west.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are expanded.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1648, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold, aged 41, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. By 1646, most of the younger Saxon nobles are of Bavarian heritage, and the revolt risk drops substantially. In royal news, Princess Ingrid (age 22, b. 1626) is open for marriage, as well as Crown Prince Leopold (age 18, born 1630). 
 * Duchy of Franken: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, aged 48, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Maria-Sofia's designated heir is her only child, Albert.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Duchy of Swabia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire Proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate withing the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brothers reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 3,500,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her Vassals. Honoring the Second Treaty of Chan Chan, reimbursment of France ends.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy, and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 500,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins

1649
'''Having attracted a large following and personal army, Jewish leader and claimed messiah Shelomi Zevi launches an attack on the Roman territory of Phoenicia, establishing an independent nation and homeland for Jews, known as the Kingdom of Israel (Scores undoubled: Military: 9, Economy: 10, Infrastructure: 5). The independent state attracts settlers and mercenaries from across Europe, who join Zevi in his war.'''

'''A major storm strikes northern Europe. Known as St Peter’s Flood, the storm strikes northern Germany, causing thousand to drown in Bremen, Oldenburg, and Hamburg. Several islands on the coast are split in half by the high tides, and entire towns on the coast are destroyed. A few weeks later a second storm strikes the Netherlands, causing flooding in Amsterdam.'''
 * Suri Empire: We start vassalizing Dhundhai (Turn One of Seven). Our infrastructure starts expanding more, giving us better roads and bridges. Along with that, we start mining iron and sulfur. Trade starts with the East India Company out of Karachi. We also move our capital from Kabul to Islamabad. Sultan Adil Shah arranges a marriage between his son-in-law, Asad Khan Lari, and Princess Ablahadala, of the Damascan Sultanate. With this new marriage, Adil Shah steps down as Sultan, ending the Shah regime and reigning in the Lari's. By years end, the empire celebrates the birth of the nobles first born. A daughter they name Aasmaa.
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes islamic growth. Military expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes islamic growth. Military expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Postive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 25th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 435,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 325,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 23.6 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Sulimen V and his twin sister Ablahadahla begin looking for spouses. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 350,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate. To celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 40-45 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 95,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo (city-state of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 375,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper.
 * Sinai (annexation of the Damascan Sultanate): The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia and Rome.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: following St Peter's Flood, supplies are sent to aid the affected areas. After several weeks, much of the damage is repaired. Satisfied with the recovery, Duke Otto turns his attention elsewhere. With Scandinavia embroidered in civil war, and the warming of relations with Bavaria, it is decided to settle accounts with Hesse. The army is mobilized before a messenger arrives in Ludwigsburg with a declaration of war. Two army groups, with siege weapons, invade from near Brunswick, while a third invades from Münster. Stade and Münster join their liege in the conflict. Duke Otto calls on his ally in Austria to aid.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an updated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications. We buy back a bit of land from Pskov (as negotiated and documented on chat) in exchange for our past help to expand Pskov’s land west.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Demak Sultanate: Due to the large increase in trade with the Dutch and UIN, our infrastructure and population steadily increase. We begin to advance and build more ships, and a larger military. Our military is estimated to be 50,000 strong. We focus primarily on expanding our economy, as a strong economy leads to a stronger and more flexible nation. We vassalise Pagabar (Turn One of Nine) and Siak (one of seven). To commemerate the joining of the UIN, the Sultan's only daughter Maahnoor, marries Sultan Sulimen V and have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Patah's son, Ashaad, marries into the Suri Empire.
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have led to famine killing 80k people. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,910,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Netherlands: With the flooding in Commercial heartland of the Netherlands both claimants to the throne in the Hague claim it is a sign that they are the rightful heirs to Karl I's Legacy. forces loyal to Hendrik mainly the religious devote and those amongst the aristocracy who detest the wealthy merchants and those nobles who have mixed in with the lower class Bourgeoisie. A large part of the Royal Army support Hendrik as next in line to the throne on the grounds of next of kin and the pro-Hendrik forces march on The Hague expelling The States-General and Johann. Hendrik proclaims that god has told him to restore his rightful place as absolute ruler of the Netherlands, and to purify Dutch society of all heretics and the unworthy. Hendriks ideas ultimately led to the slaughter of Jews and Catholics in the capital and the hanging of merchants and bankers as sinners. Forces loyal to the States-General and who oppose the repressive measures taking by Hendriks forces to secure power back Johann's claims to the throne. Johannist forces set up camp in Brussels. The Large Western Catholic-Roman Catholic and Jewish communities of the Southern Netherlands support Johann out of fear of persecution under Hendrik. The Bourgeoisie also supports Johann's claim. However, many of them are forced to flee south from Amsterdam and the Northern Netherlands as religious zealots riled up the commoners to support the royalist cause. The Dutch War of Succession has began with Hendrik (Tr0llis) in control of the Northern Lowlands having expelled or massacred all opposition to his rule and in control of 35,000 professional troops along with a peasent army of 15,000 at his back, while Johann and the States-General (Nkbeeching) control the southern Lowlands (OTL Belgium) and are able to muster a forces of 40,000 initially made up of 20,000 members of the royal army who declared support for the States-General, and a volunteer force of 20,000 Despite this disadvantage Johann counts on the support of several brilliant minds.  This is the start of the Netherlander war of succession. Please no one interfere except for those who have previously been talked to about this event. If someone wishes to support a side speak to either Tr0llis or me. The colonies have declared neutrality in the conflict and in reality can do nothing to sway the war one way or another. The navy will side with whomever gains a clear advantage in the civil war ultimately bringing a decisive end to the war one way or another. Both Tr0llis and I will post on October 8th 2014. With Blood and Iron (talk) 02:23, October 8, 2014 (UTC)
 * ​Johannist Forces: The States-General begins organizing their new forces and recruiting from the population of areas under their control. Floris van der Burch requests Britannian support for their war effort. Secretly the Johannists request permission to recruit mercernaries across western and southern Europe, in the hopes of competing in terms of numbers with Hendrik's forces. The Johannist army is mobilized and plans for a defensive campaign along the Rhine river is made with makeshift fortifications built up and lots of firearms produced using the arms industry of Wallonia. To counter their inferior numbers Johannist forces break up their forces into smaller groups in square lined formations to better take advantage of firearms and to avoid being surrounded.
 * Hispanian Dip: We offer the Johannist forces to hire Spanish and Italian mercenaries, top of the line forces fresh from the conquest of Algiers. Other involvement is also possible due to Spain fully supporting and funding the Johannist forces.
 * Johannist Dip: The government in Brussels thanks Hispania.
 * Britannia Dip: Britannia recognizes the Brussels government and commits full support to the Johannists.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune. The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana).We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Fusahito Theocracy (Japan): The military is built up. Rumors are spreading around that the Ainu are planning an assault on ports. After a refusal by Ainu authorities to answer last year, the Japanese launch an all out attack on the nation to enforce political hegemony and to subdue the any rumor; false or real (5,000 troops). Emperor Yoshi II, learning that his father's navy is in horrible shape, decides to build twelve frigates witch would be finished by the year 1652. However, scholars learn a strategy for building quick, sturdy ships, making the original project now planned to be finished in 1651. Yoshi also learns that there are no practicular schools to teach the way of the samurai, and encourages youth to learn the way as soon as possible. About 2000 Troops are sent to mainland China to help the Wu conquer the Small Kingdoms, but some withdraw to go attack the Ainu. Merchant ships travel south to the Philippines, where they encounter Spanish traders. The emperor, interested in foreign goods, would like to trade with the Spanish to get more food and imports for the people of Japan. The Japanese finish vassalizing the smaller Taiwanese state (Turn Three of three). Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. A trade port is under construction, scheduled to open in 1650. All of the current troops (1000) leave the colony to go north to strike the Ainu, though newly recruited troops go to the colony to arm the nation.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China.
 * Ayutthaya: Economy is expanded and we continue to build suburbs in Lower Dawei and Nakom Pathom. Trade routes are grown between our major cities and we start building a road to our Southern Districts. (Turn Three of Five). We continue to grow our navy and we also deliver more people to the Ayutthayan Nicobar where the regions capital reaches the population of 132,000. Additional schools are built in regional areas and we ecnorage farmers to expand into forest areas to produce more food. We continue to destroy pirating ships on our West coast so that trade becomes easier. Our districts in Lower Dawei are expanded again now that trade routes better connect regional areas with the now thriving trade city. King Jabesh I continues to grow cities on the West coast.
 * ​Lanna: The areas trade is grown and more trade routes are being made between Lanna and Ayutthaya. There are other roads that now lead to Ayutthaya's North Western coast from Lanna for quicker trade and also trade with Dawei.
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to the Dutch: You previously asked for trade relations (before these other people deleted the turn), we already have trade between each our nations, and we are happy to continue to grow them.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The Emperor of Urdustan, at 36 years old, marries to an Islamic woman of Urdustan, named مریم مسجد لیڈی (Mairī masjida mahilā). To celebrate this marriage, he dedicates the construction of a large mosque in Hyderabad. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations. The nobility of Orissa is merged with the nobility of Urdustan, leaving open the possibility of further integration.
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی):  The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of Yaks, Goats, Cattle, and Sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples is minimal, waiting for a stabilization of the economy. In light of this, the Urdustani Tanki is implemented as the new currency of the Tibetan region. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * Urdustani Diplomacy (Needs Mod Response): The Urdustani Emperor, in overthrowing the mad king of Tibet, wishes to aid the Tibetan state of Kham by establishing trade relations, as well as finanical supports to allow the economy to grow in the aftermath of the Tibetan-Urdustani War.
 * Khampa (Mod) Diplomacy: The new state of Kham agrees to the Urdustani request.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire Proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate withing the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brothers reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 3,800,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her Vassals
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy, and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 600,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 500,000
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 25,000
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.4 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Damage from the China sea bubble continues to surface but the immediately pressing issues are fixed and the gradual program to fix the bubble continues. However, this does not stop the Hispanian juggernaught as a new series of weapons, the flintlock musket comes into wide use with the Spanish armed forces being much better than previous rifles. This has led to the Spanish Reformed Carolingian infantry becomming much more effective. A plug bayonet is included with this gun turning it into a pike as well as a gun.
 * Japanese Diplomacy: Japan offers to buy older Spanish ships to upgrade their current navy to a more modern type of ships to trade around Asia.
 * Spain Dip: We will sell you 20 ships varying between galleons and frigates.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within italy now as well.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 2 million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The Economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is Established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spains massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor. Cochin officially moves forces into the Shan State occupying the territory and requesting that
 * Shan State: The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around 5 million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the City and ships move in to begin the major trade route
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it. In order to support the Johannist forces, three thousand Hungarian mercenaries are raised to support the true Dutch rulers. 
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. The nations are brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval deveopment speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. French spreads among the elite, while Basque and Livonian immigrants are now joined by French people. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nemaska is annexed, and the vassalization of the Aashinabeg begins (Turn Two of Eight).
 * Gojijiwiningag: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military is improved.
 * Piankeshaw: The military is improved:
 * Cahokienne Protectorate: Occupied Cahokia is placed under dual Franco-Nehilaw administration. The military improves.
 * Vietnam: The military continues to form up. The navy builds more boats. Farming continues to be the most important industry besides blacksmithing. Port cities are building up their ports. Cities start to expand due to the fact the population is growing.


 * Cambodia:  Our navy and military are being built up.
 * Laos:  Our military and economy are being built up.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an updated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications. We buy back a bit of land from Pskov (as negotiated and documented on chat) in exchange for our past help to expand Pskov’s land west.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * The Tartary suffers with the lowering temperature of the world. However, this doesn't stop Siberian expansion, which now is not primarily led by the agricultural peoples of the Volga or the emigrant Turks, but rather a wave of Sakha and Ket expansion into the main rivers. Much of the northern half of the Yenisey and Lena rivers is already in Tatar hand s, while the Ob is entirely under control of the Emperor. The economy begins shrinking because of a bad harvest this year; however, massive development occurs there. In Saray, bad news arrive as Alexander II's uneventful reign ends; his son, Julian, rises to the throne.


 * ​Mangut Nivkhgu begins expanding its fleet, as the first Nivkh naval expedition parts south towards the islands seen to the east of the Nivkh Bay. They find these islands are controlled by their traditional rivals, the Aynu. They find the Isle of Iturup first, and force the Ainu leader of the island to swear fealty to the Hang Mangut; this greatly pleases the court at Ñendaqo, which feasts with many pastries.
 * the Empire of Parthia: Continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is developed by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov: Also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dnieper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal: also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. The military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The ambush before Stockholm is ended as the Battle of the Two Lakes comes to a close as a Bjelbo-Halvar victory. During the fighting, a Norweigan army manages to reach Stockholm, seiging it in March. Re-inforcements arrive from the Battle of the Two Lakes in April. John II is reported to have slipped into near insanity, likely due to anxiety and high alcohol dependence. In late April, John II is reported missing. His body is recovered near the docks of Stockholm, naked and decomposing. His body is said to have been "twisted and frozen, a bubble of foam erupting from his rotting lips. His hands were displayed in a painful stretch, each finger showing signs of a painful death. His eyes, rolled into the back of his head, still show the desperation of a king about to lose his kingdom. His face is etched with pain, panic, and sorrow. Sores on his arms and legs show the wounds of a pain so anxious that, in the end, he began clawing at himself rather than at his enemy." It is determined that John II was poisoned. A chalice is found near his body, leading some to believe that John II had poisoned himself, dying of exposure and suffocation. With the news of John II's death, Stockholm surrenders in May of that year. To avoid persecution, many members of the House of Halvar flee to the Roman Empire. Others choose to accept responsibility for John II's actions and are executed in July. Karl Kristoffsen is hailed as a hero and is officially inducted into the House of Griffins. He marries Joanna Bjelbo, creating the House of Bjelbo-Griffins. Karl Kristoffsen Von Bjelbo-Griffins is named King Kristoffer II. Peace is restored to Scandinavia, now under control of Denmark and Norway. All vassals and colonies pledge allegiance to the House of Bjelbo-Griffins. Scandinavia begins working to improve its economy and rebuild from the war.
 * Roman Empire: Emperor Stephen I is a stronger ruler than his father, but so far takes a cooperative stance with the Imperial Senate and Consul Theodore von Chersenesos. The economy continues to grow in the nation along with the population, as increased grain imports from Cyrenaica and Gothia swells the supplies of food. As a result, the population skyrockets in areas like Anatolia and Gothia, and the population of the Empire as a whole steadily approaches 20 million. The military stages war games in the provinces and continues to train, as does the navy. A military force is gathered and stationed outside of the Ankaran border, ready to strike at a moment's notice. In other news, the Emperor is disppointed at the defeat of his relative John II in Scandinavia and offers refuge to members of the Palaiologos-Halvar family to the Empire. Despite occupying Scandinavia's colonies for most of the war and cries from John II's relatives to maintain them in their name, the colonies are returned to the new Scandinavian government so as to prevent a war from breaking out.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their military and economy.
 * Prussia: We dedicate this turn to military in Prussia and all our nation’s vassals, colonial possessions, and territories. We continue to expand our shipyards to facilitate trade and to garrison large military fleets. Shipyards are expanded and we continue producing ships. The population of Prussia grows slightly as crops from the New World are introduced in the nation, and colonial expeditions to Borealia are carried out. We fully mobilize and prepare to defend against Pskov.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 57, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 28. Vladimir the 2nd marries the eldest daughter of the most powerful noble house of Halych, securing the vassal, and helping to establish a Consulate. The two even fall in love, and have a child within the year; her name is Elenora. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.96 million and rising.
 * Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III becomes Consul of the new Consulate of Halych. After last years agreement Dacia will pay Halych a sum of money every year for 20 years(1668). Though no longer technically a vassal, as there is no supreme authority, the nation continues its previous arrangement with Dacia. The economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * County of Oldenburg: St Peter's Flood causes widespread damage. Many many people perish and much infrastructure is either compeltely destroyed or heavily damaged. The Frisian Islands cop a substantial blow, indeed some split apart and form new islands. The remainder of the year is spent rebuilding. Many people who lost everything decide to emigrate to the Neu Norderney and Neu Juist. The Regent Mary puts much of her own money towards reconstuction. The damage done to the capital is seen as a sort of blessing by the Regency Council, who plan to rebuild it in beautiful modern style - that can only begin in the coming years. Grain and supplies are imported from Osnabruck.
 * ​Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Bishop sends teams of soldiers and students to assist the Oldenburgers rebuild. Foodstuffs are sent to the Oldenburgers at much reduced charges.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band continues on its expansionary and developmental path. Trade becomes more and more important as people go by qayaq to engage with the other Inuit peoples, especially the Togiagmiut, who are influenced by our strong centralized state. Their High Chief travels by qayaq to Mamterilleq and meets Kayuqtuq, who promises luussitars in exchange for an alliance of the peoples, notably aimed against the despised Caninermiut. War preparations are made for a plan to take Iik and Tuntutuliaq from the Caninermiut next year. In preparation, many young men are withheld from their duties collecting food in the later half of the summer, effectively spelling the end of the Lavkar Reforms and the start of a different system in which people can chose what to do, but so far everyone has enough of everything that they want. The Cult of the Supreme Spirit begins to surround Kayuqtuq to a greater extent, as the High Shaman begins to add tales of the Spirit to canonical lore of the Kiatagmiut people. The High Shaman orders many angakkuqs to spread the official religious doctrines tought by the High Shaman throughout the Kusquqvak Valley.  Additionally, the cooling of the global climate is beneficial as more and more food can be harvested and hunted down, and population seems to expand much faster.


 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. Expansion of settlements in Kolossland continues. The settlement of Rockport is founded in the northeast section of the island, which serves as both an end point for fur trappers and settlers in the central section of the island, and as a northernmost fortification in the east colony. An expedition from Siegsburg successfully reaches the new settlement traveling from the western colony, claiming the interior for Austria. The western and eastern colonies become officially known as Bärland, while Kolossland comes to refer only to St Koloman. Research into scientific fields continues. We agree to join Hamburg in their war, fully mobilizing and providing siege equipment.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to economy development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.


 * Imperium of Heaven: The military and economy are built up.
 * Mongolia: The military and economy are built up.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to military in the Netherlands and all its vassals and territories. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. Following the death of Maurits I, his brother Hendrik is proclaimed King of the Netherlands, and immediately ceases all attempts to purge minority groups in the Netherlands, seeing as it could supplement his manpower. From the chaos of the death of his brother, Hendrik proves himself to be a formidable leader, taking back control of Amsterdam and ending all violence. The city is proclaimed his capital, and the city begins heavy fortification to defend against attack. Calls are issued across the nation to fight for the true king of the nation, calling Johan an usurper, using the nation’s assembly as a means to obtain power. More to come.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.